en_tn/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	ACT	front	intro	mw28			0
3	ACT	1	intro	vyg9			0
4	ACT	1	1	q9ep		τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην	1	The former book I wrote	The former book is the Gospel of Luke.
5	ACT	1	1	ryj5	translate-names	ὦ Θεόφιλε	1	Theophilus
6	ACT	1	2	n435	figs-activepassive	ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας ... ἀνελήμφθη	1	until the day that he was taken up
7	ACT	1	2	a394		ἐντειλάμενος ... διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	commands through the Holy Spirit	The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things.
8	ACT	1	3	dup3		μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν	1	After his suffering	This refers to Jesus' suffering and death on the cross.
9	ACT	1	3	yc16		οἷς ... παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα	1	he presented himself alive to them	Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples.
10	ACT	1	4	d3kr	figs-you		0	General Information:
11	ACT	1	4	lw3e			0	Connecting Statement:	This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead.
12	ACT	1	4	vb7g		καὶ συναλιζόμενος	1	When he was meeting together with them
13	ACT	1	4	sg4h	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	the promise of the Father
14	ACT	1	4	tj6r		ἣν	1	about which, he said
15	ACT	1	5	uu4k		Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι; ... ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ	1	John indeed baptized with water ... baptized in the Holy Spirit	Jesus contrasts how John baptized people in water with how God would baptize believers in the Holy Spirit.
16	ACT	1	5	fnq5		Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι	1	John indeed baptized with water
17	ACT	1	5	dzj1	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς ... βαπτισθήσεσθε	1	you shall be baptized
18	ACT	1	6	n9wt			0	General Information:
19	ACT	1	6	f7uj		εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ	1	is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel
20	ACT	1	7	y1fu	figs-doublet	χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς	1	the times or the seasons
21	ACT	1	8	ld4k		λήμψεσθε δύναμιν, ... καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες,	1	you will receive power ... and you will be my witnesses
22	ACT	1	8	vb4m	figs-idiom	ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς	1	to the ends of the earth
23	ACT	1	9	e1q1	figs-explicit	βλεπόντων αὐτῶν	1	as they were looking up
24	ACT	1	9	l1cq	figs-activepassive	ἐπήρθη	1	he was raised up
25	ACT	1	9	ug58		νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1	a cloud hid him from their eyes
26	ACT	1	10	enu1		ἀτενίζοντες ... εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	looking intensely to heaven
27	ACT	1	11	gpg3		ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι	1	You men of Galilee	The angels address the apostles as men who are from Galilee.
28	ACT	1	11	cue7		ἐλεύσεται ὃν τρόπον	1	will return in the same manner	Jesus will return in the sky, just as clouds covered him when he arose into heaven.
29	ACT	1	12	x2nk		τότε ὑπέστρεψαν	1	Then they returned
30	ACT	1	12	p19g	figs-explicit	Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν	1	a Sabbath day's journey
31	ACT	1	13	vis2		καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον	1	When they arrived
32	ACT	1	13	zt12		τὸ ὑπερῷον	1	the upper chamber
33	ACT	1	14	z6cf		οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν ... ὁμοθυμαδὸ	1	They were all united as one	This means that the apostles and believers there all shared a common commitment and purpose, and there was no strife among them.
34	ACT	1	14	u4pr		προσκαρτεροῦντες ... τῇ προσευχῇ	1	as they diligently continued in prayer	This means that the disciples prayed together regularly and frequently.
35	ACT	1	15	cup2			0	Connecting Statement:	This event happened during the time that Peter and the other believers were staying together in the upper room.
36	ACT	1	15	il8w	writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In those days
37	ACT	1	15	tl5m	translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι	1	120 people
38	ACT	1	15	liz1		ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	in the midst of the brothers
39	ACT	1	16	i8tl	figs-activepassive	ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν	1	it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled
40	ACT	1	16	f3um	figs-metonymy	διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ	1	by the mouth of David
41	ACT	1	17	tmv1	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verses 18-19 the author tells the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter's speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
42	ACT	1	17	tmv1	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
43	ACT	1	17	q73y			0	Connecting Statement:	In verse 17 Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16.
44	ACT	1	18	dd58		οὗτος ... οὖν	1	Now this man
45	ACT	1	18	w83j	figs-explicit	μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας	1	the earnings he received for his wickedness
46	ACT	1	18	kg3q	figs-explicit	πρηνὴς γενόμενος, ἐλάκησεν μέσος, καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ	1	there he fell headfirst, and his body burst open, and all his intestines poured out	This suggests that Judas fell from a high place, rather than just falling down. The fall was severe enough to cause his body to burst open. Other passages of scripture mention that he hanged himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
47	ACT	1	19	mxf3		Χωρίον Αἵματος	1	Field of Blood	When the people living in Jerusalem heard of the way in which Judas died, they renamed the field.
48	ACT	1	20	d7pk			0	General Information:	Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse.
49	ACT	1	20	mz13			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16.
50	ACT	1	20	ip5w	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν	1	For it is written in the Book of Psalms
51	ACT	1	20	mc45	figs-parallelism	γενηθήτω‘ ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ	1	Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
52	ACT	1	20	chq4	figs-metaphor	γενηθήτω‘ ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος	1	Let his field be made desolate
53	ACT	1	20	lsm2		γενηθήτω ... ἔρημος	1	be made desolate
54	ACT	1	21	xz69	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
55	ACT	1	21	t916			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16.
56	ACT	1	21	c5k2		δεῖ οὖν	1	It is necessary, therefore	Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do.
57	ACT	1	21	zuf7	figs-idiom	εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς	1	the Lord Jesus went in and out among us
58	ACT	1	22	mrx7		ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι ἕνα τούτων	1	beginning from the baptism of John ... become a witness with us of his resurrection
59	ACT	1	22	qb8j	figs-abstractnouns	ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου	1	beginning from the baptism of John
60	ACT	1	22	yi3a	figs-activepassive	ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν	1	to the day that he was taken up from us
61	ACT	1	22	g3n9		μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι	1	become a witness with us of his resurrection
62	ACT	1	23	lz7y	figs-explicit	ἔστησαν δύο	1	They put forward two men
63	ACT	1	23	s1ff	figs-activepassive	Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος	1	Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also named Justus
64	ACT	1	24	zd1f	figs-explicit	προσευξάμενοι, εἶπαν	1	They prayed and said
65	ACT	1	24	se6m	figs-metonymy	σὺ Κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα πάντων	1	You, Lord, know the hearts of all people
66	ACT	1	25	mg47	figs-doublet	λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς	1	to take the place in this ministry and apostleship
67	ACT	1	25	ryv6		ἀφ’ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας	1	from which Judas turned away
68	ACT	1	25	tx6n	figs-euphemism	πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον	1	to go to his own place
69	ACT	1	26	r84c		ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς	1	They cast lots for them	The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias.
70	ACT	1	26	w4ph		ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν	1	the lot fell to Matthias	The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas.
71	ACT	1	26	fk4x	figs-activepassive	συνκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων	1	he was numbered with the eleven apostles
72	ACT	2	intro	x8fr			1
73	ACT	2	1	i4sa			0	General Information:	This is a new event; it is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover.
74	ACT	2	1	i4sa			0	General Information:
75	ACT	2	2	jc1w		ἄφνω	1	Suddenly	This word refers to an event that happens unexpectedly.
76	ACT	2	2	qjc3		ἐγένετο ... ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος	1	there came from heaven a sound
77	ACT	2	2	jec5		ἦχος, ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας	1	a sound like the rush of a violent wind
78	ACT	2	2	t4y4		ὅλον τὸν οἶκον	1	the whole house	This may have been a house or a larger building.
79	ACT	2	3	re3t	figs-simile	ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς ... γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός	1	There appeared to them tongues like fire	These might not be actual tongues or fire, but something that looked like them. Possible meanings are 1) tongues that looked like they were made of fire or 2) small flames of fire that looked like tongues. When fire burns in a small space, such as on a lamp, the flame can be shaped like a tongue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
80	ACT	2	3	xtk4		διαμεριζόμεναι ... καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν	1	that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them
81	ACT	2	4	v7hi	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, καὶ	1	They were all filled with the Holy Spirit and
82	ACT	2	4	nr9f		λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις	1	speak in other tongues	They were speaking in languages that they did not already know.
83	ACT	2	5	dz1l	writing-background		0	General Information:
84	ACT	2	5	yft2		ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς	1	godly men
85	ACT	2	5	stq9	figs-hyperbole	παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1	every nation under heaven
86	ACT	2	6	bpj7	figs-activepassive	γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης	1	When this sound was heard
87	ACT	2	6	u9hc		τὸ πλῆθος	1	the multitude
88	ACT	2	7	m8kd	figs-doublet	ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον	1	They were amazed and marveled
89	ACT	2	7	wnk2	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἰδοὺ, ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι	1	Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans?
90	ACT	2	8	hzm8	figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν	1	Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born?	Possible meanings are 1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses how amazed they were or 2) this is a real question for which the people wanted an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
91	ACT	2	8	wb5t		τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν	1	in our own language in which we were born
92	ACT	2	9	f1ve	translate-names	Πάρθοι, ... Μῆδοι, ... Ἐλαμεῖται	1	Parthians ... Medes ... Elamites	These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
93	ACT	2	9	dm23	translate-names	τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν; ... Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον, ... Ἀσίαν;	1	Mesopotamia ... Judea ... Cappadocia ... Pontus ... Asia	These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
94	ACT	2	10	tmb4	translate-names	Φρυγίαν, ... Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον, ... Λιβύης ... Κυρήνην	1	Phrygia ... Pamphylia ... Egypt ... Libya ... Cyrene	These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
95	ACT	2	11	jnp7	translate-names	Κρῆτες ... Ἄραβες	1	Cretans ... Arabians	These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
96	ACT	2	11	w8jy		προσήλυτοι	1	proselytes	converts to the Jewish religion
97	ACT	2	12	el2f	figs-doublet	ἐξίσταντο ... καὶ διηποροῦντο	1	amazed and perplexed
98	ACT	2	13	fg59	figs-idiom	γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν	1	They are full of new wine
99	ACT	2	13	jj1n		γλεύκους	1	new wine	This refers to wine that is in the process of fermentation.
100	ACT	2	14	k5hr			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter begins his speech to the Jews who were there on the Day of Pentecost.
101	ACT	2	14	c919		σταθεὶς ... σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	stood with the eleven	All the apostles stood up in support of Peter's statement.
102	ACT	2	14	d9tb		ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	raised his voice
103	ACT	2	14	ei5j	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω	1	let this be known to you
104	ACT	2	14	qp16	figs-metonymy	ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου	1	pay attention to my words
105	ACT	2	15	h28q	figs-explicit	γὰρ ... ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας	1	it is only the third hour of the day
106	ACT	2	16	ktw9			0	General Information:	Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation.
107	ACT	2	16	f9hz	figs-activepassive	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ	1	this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel
108	ACT	2	17	ijl8		ἔσται	1	It will be
109	ACT	2	17	u2d1	figs-idiom	ἐκχεῶ‘ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα	1	I will pour out my Spirit on all people
110	ACT	2	18	uwd7			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter continues to quote the prophet Joel.
111	ACT	2	18	nd34		τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας	1	my servants and my female servants
112	ACT	2	18	wz2i	figs-idiom	ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου	1	I will pour out my Spirit
113	ACT	2	19	p5zi		ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ	1	vapor of smoke
114	ACT	2	20	ylv7			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes quoting the prophet Joel.
115	ACT	2	20	a6yh	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος	1	The sun will be turned to darkness
116	ACT	2	20	f34k	figs-metaphor	ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα	1	the moon to blood
117	ACT	2	20	swb2	figs-doublet	ἡμέραν ... τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ	1	the great and remarkable day
118	ACT	2	20	lc4g		ἐπιφανῆ	1	remarkable	great and beautiful
119	ACT	2	21	vql5	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται	1	everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved
120	ACT	2	22	sa78			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 1:16.
121	ACT	2	22	g6vj		ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	hear these words
122	ACT	2	22	f2t1		ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσι, καὶ τέρασι, καὶ σημείοις	1	accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds, and wonders, and signs	This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles.
123	ACT	2	23	s38b	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	by God's predetermined plan and foreknowledge
124	ACT	2	23	i6un	figs-activepassive	τοῦτον ... ἔκδοτον	1	This man was handed over
125	ACT	2	23	f5kn		διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων, προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε	1	you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross
126	ACT	2	23	e38a	figs-metonymy	διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων	1	by the hand of lawless men
127	ACT	2	23	f6kd		ἀνόμων	1	lawless men	Possible meanings are 1) the unbelieving Jews who accused Jesus of crimes or 2) the Roman soldiers who performed the execution of Jesus.
128	ACT	2	24	ei37	figs-idiom	ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνέστησεν	1	But God raised him up
129	ACT	2	24	s8j3	figs-metaphor	λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου	1	freeing him from the pains of death
130	ACT	2	24	ykq4	figs-activepassive	κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	for him to be held by it
131	ACT	2	24	vuf4	figs-personification	κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	for him to be held by it
132	ACT	2	25	dd5a			0	General Information:
133	ACT	2	25	n2ls	figs-synecdoche	ἐνώπιόν μου	1	before my face
134	ACT	2	25	l6xp	figs-synecdoche	ἐκ δεξιῶν μού	1	beside my right hand
135	ACT	2	25	s4yp	figs-activepassive	μὴ σαλευθῶ	1	I should not be moved
136	ACT	2	26	z8vw	figs-synecdoche	ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου	1	my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced
137	ACT	2	26	zz6k	figs-synecdoche	ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1	my flesh will live in certain hope
138	ACT	2	27	whi3			0	General Information:
139	ACT	2	27	m3ij			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes quoting David.
140	ACT	2	27	rld3	figs-123person	οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν	1	neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay
141	ACT	2	27	l5cd	figs-explicit	ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν	1	to see decay
142	ACT	2	28	gsk6		ὁδοὺς ζωῆς	1	the ways of life
143	ACT	2	28	y7gf	figs-metonymy	πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου	1	you will fill me with gladness in your presence
144	ACT	2	28	ej5m		εὐφροσύνης	1	gladness	joy, happiness
145	ACT	2	29	wh97			0	General Information:
146	ACT	2	29	pv1x			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter continues his speech that he began in Acts 1:16 to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem.
147	ACT	2	29	ps7c		ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν	1	Brothers, I am permitted
148	ACT	2	29	vtc6	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη	1	he both died and was buried
149	ACT	2	30	hq71	figs-metonymy	ἐκ‘ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ	1	he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne
150	ACT	2	30	x11q	figs-idiom	ἐκ‘ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ	1	one of the fruit of his body
151	ACT	2	31	tn4b	figs-activepassive	οὔτε‘ ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην	1	He was neither abandoned to Hades
152	ACT	2	31	up5x	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν‘ διαφθοράν	1	nor did his flesh see decay
153	ACT	2	32	kw6a	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
154	ACT	2	32	udn1	figs-idiom	ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός	1	God raised him up
155	ACT	2	33	kij2	figs-activepassive	τῇ δεξιᾷ ... τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς	1	having been exalted to the right hand of God
156	ACT	2	33	c9mr	figs-idiom	τῇ δεξιᾷ ... τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς	1	having been exalted to the right hand of God
157	ACT	2	33	c1dr	figs-idiom	ἐξέχεεν ... ὃ	1	he has poured out what
158	ACT	2	33	wsg9	figs-idiom	ἐξέχεεν	1	poured out
159	ACT	2	34	i8wu			0	General Information:
160	ACT	2	34	m7fy			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 1:16.
161	ACT	2	34	kvn8	translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right hand
162	ACT	2	35	nf1x	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I make your enemies the stool for your feet
163	ACT	2	36	pnp5	figs-idiom	πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ	1	all the house of Israel
164	ACT	2	37	xan1			0	General Information:
165	ACT	2	37	w1ma			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jews respond to Peter's speech and Peter answers them.
166	ACT	2	37	zls6		ἀκούσαντες	1	when they heard this
167	ACT	2	37	s85q	figs-activepassive	κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν	1	they were pierced in their hearts
168	ACT	2	37	l15x	figs-idiom	κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν	1	pierced in their hearts
169	ACT	2	38	cmb7	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθήτω	1	be baptized
170	ACT	2	38	geb2	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of Jesus Christ
171	ACT	2	39	v8vi		πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν	1	all who are far off
172	ACT	2	40	k1kj	writing-endofstory		0		This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
173	ACT	2	40	v6ip	figs-doublet	διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς	1	he testified and urged them
174	ACT	2	40	wtd5	figs-explicit	σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης	1	Save yourselves from this wicked generation
175	ACT	2	41	r9qz	figs-idiom	οἱ ...ν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	they received his word
176	ACT	2	41	kz64	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθησαν	1	were baptized
177	ACT	2	41	a47f	figs-activepassive	προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι	1	there were added in that day about three thousand souls
178	ACT	2	41	sv5j	figs-synecdoche	ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι	1	about three thousand souls
179	ACT	2	42	gc59	figs-synecdoche	κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου	1	the breaking of bread
180	ACT	2	43	gi9v	figs-synecdoche	ἐγίνετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος	1	Fear came upon every soul
181	ACT	2	43	ys3y	figs-activepassive	πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο	1	many wonders and signs were done through the apostles
182	ACT	2	43	q6dm		τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα	1	wonders and signs
183	ACT	2	44	u8qk		πάντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύοντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ	1	All who believed were together
184	ACT	2	44	jy2w		εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά	1	had all things in common
185	ACT	2	45	h8tn		κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις	1	property and possessions
186	ACT	2	45	f74s	figs-metonymy	διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν	1	distributed them to all
187	ACT	2	45	n9hi		καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν	1	according to the needs anyone had	They distributed the proceeds that they earned from selling their property and possessions to any believer who had a need.
188	ACT	2	46	in43		προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	they continued with one purpose
189	ACT	2	46	q1ge	figs-synecdoche	κλῶντές ... κατ’ οἶκον ἄρτον	1	they broke bread in homes
190	ACT	2	46	i2yk	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας	1	with glad and humble hearts
191	ACT	2	47	z6ig		αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν	1	praising God and having favor with all the people
192	ACT	2	47	kc42	figs-activepassive	τοὺς σῳζομένους	1	those who were being saved
193	ACT	3	intro	hpd9			0
194	ACT	3	1	u6nu	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 2 gives background information about the lame man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
195	ACT	3	1	b5rm			0	Connecting Statement:	One day Peter and John go to the temple.
196	ACT	3	1	br7i		εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	into the temple
197	ACT	3	2	f227	figs-activepassive	τις ἀνὴρ, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων, ἐβαστάζετο, ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ’ ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ, τὴν λεγομένην Ὡραίαν	1	a man lame from birth was being carried every day to the Beautiful Gate of the temple
198	ACT	3	2	j68t		χωλὸς	1	lame	unable to walk
199	ACT	3	4	xq4u		ἀτενίσας ... Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ εἶπεν	1	Peter, fastening his eyes upon him, with John, said	Both Peter and John looked at the man, but only Peter spoke.
200	ACT	3	4	t1q9	figs-idiom	ἀτενίσας ... εἰς αὐτὸν	1	fastening his eyes upon him
201	ACT	3	5	e3c6		ὁ ... ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς	1	The lame man looked at them
202	ACT	3	6	x6bm	figs-metonymy	ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον	1	Silver and gold	These words refer to money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
203	ACT	3	6	zi9t	figs-explicit	ὃ ... ἔχω	1	what I do have	It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
204	ACT	3	6	t2vf	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	In the name of Jesus Christ
205	ACT	3	7	ec6j		ἤγειρεν αὐτόν	1	Peter raised him up
206	ACT	3	8	zp7x		εἰσῆλθεν ... εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	he entered ... into the temple
207	ACT	3	10	zy7h		ἐπεγίνωσκον ..., ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ	1	noticed that it was the man
208	ACT	3	10	p2zh		τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ	1	the Beautiful Gate	This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 3:2.
209	ACT	3	10	j6zf	figs-doublet	ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως	1	they were filled with wonder and amazement
210	ACT	3	11	g4y1	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
211	ACT	3	11	eu1l			0	Connecting Statement:	After healing the man who could not walk, Peter talks to the people.
212	ACT	3	11	rj43		τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος	1	the porch that is called Solomon's
213	ACT	3	11	rk1m		ἔκθαμβοι	1	greatly marveling
214	ACT	3	12	x9m9		ἰδὼν δὲ, ὁ Πέτρος	1	When Peter saw this
215	ACT	3	12	ndi3		ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται	1	You men of Israel
216	ACT	3	12	uyg1	figs-rquestion	τί θαυμάζετε	1	why do you marvel?
217	ACT	3	12	j6ld	figs-rquestion	ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν	1	Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we had made him to walk by our own power or godliness?
218	ACT	3	12	mwd9	figs-idiom	ἡμῖν ... ἀτενίζετε	1	fix your eyes on us
219	ACT	3	13	q8q2			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 3:12.
220	ACT	3	13	cp1j	figs-idiom	ἠρνήσασθε κατὰ πρόσωπον Πειλάτου	1	rejected before the face of Pilate
221	ACT	3	13	yy96		κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν	1	when he had decided to release him
222	ACT	3	14	s6qj	figs-activepassive	ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα, φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν	1	asked for a man who was a murderer to be released to you
223	ACT	3	15	jwb1	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
224	ACT	3	15	ljn8	figs-metaphor	Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς	1	Founder of life
225	ACT	3	16	xu92		καὶ	1	Now
226	ACT	3	16	qt8w		ἐστερέωσεν	1	made him strong
227	ACT	3	17	v45t		καὶ νῦν	1	Now	Here Peter shifts the audience's attention from the lame man and continues to talk to them directly.
228	ACT	3	17	x62k		κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε	1	you acted in ignorance	Possible meanings are 1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or 2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing.
229	ACT	3	18	gcc1		ὁ ... Θεὸς ... προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν	1	God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets
230	ACT	3	18	ms6d		ὁ ... Θεὸς ... προκατήγγειλεν	1	God foretold
231	ACT	3	18	z3l7	figs-metonymy	στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν	1	the mouth of all the prophets
232	ACT	3	19	cw18	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε	1	and turn
233	ACT	3	19	zm6y	figs-activepassive	πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας	1	so that your sins may be blotted out
234	ACT	3	19	f2wm	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου	1	from the presence of the Lord
235	ACT	3	20	x3ca		καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου	1	periods of refreshing from the presence of the Lord
236	ACT	3	20	h3nk		ἀποστείλῃ τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν Χριστὸν	1	that he may send the Christ
237	ACT	3	20	yzr6	figs-activepassive	τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν	1	who has been appointed for you
238	ACT	3	21	sj21			0	General Information:	In verses 22-23 Peter quotes something Moses told before the Messiah came.
239	ACT	3	21	u33e			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter continues his speech that he began in Acts 3:12 to the Jews who stood in the temple area.
240	ACT	3	21	vgn8	figs-personification	ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι	1	He is the One heaven must receive
241	ACT	3	21	y1ps		δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι, ἄχρι	1	heaven must receive until	This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned.
242	ACT	3	21	x2f3		ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων	1	until the time of the restoration of all things
243	ACT	3	21	a2m8		ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν	1	about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets
244	ACT	3	21	a12i	figs-metonymy	στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ... αὐτοῦ προφητῶν	1	the mouth of his holy prophets
245	ACT	3	22	v5nf		προφήτην‘ ... ἀναστήσει ... ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ	1	will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers
246	ACT	3	22	t8di		τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν	1	your brothers
247	ACT	3	23	t8a5	figs-activepassive		1	that prophet will be completely destroyed
248	ACT	3	24	y1z7			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 3:12.
249	ACT	3	24	u6x3		καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται	1	Yes, and all the prophets
250	ACT	3	24	xp9h		ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς	1	from Samuel and those who came after him
251	ACT	3	24	m9pr		τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας	1	these days
252	ACT	3	25	rh2n	figs-idiom	ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς διαθήκης	1	You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant
253	ACT	3	25	mad5		ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου	1	In your seed
254	ACT	3	25	g31m	figs-activepassive	ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς	1	shall all the families of the earth be blessed
255	ACT	3	26	b7tz		ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ	1	After God raised up his servant
256	ACT	3	26	z5q6		τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ	1	his servant	This refers to the Messiah, Jesus.
257	ACT	3	26	x8ss	figs-metaphor	τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν	1	turning every one of you from your wickedness
258	ACT	4	intro	pv3a			0
259	ACT	4	1	ew3l			0	Connecting Statement:	The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter's having healed the man who was born lame.
260	ACT	4	1	d3tv		ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς	1	came upon them
261	ACT	4	2	m74s	figs-explicit	διαπονούμενοι	1	They were deeply troubled
262	ACT	4	2	mg5l		καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead
263	ACT	4	2	np5g		τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
264	ACT	4	3	zla7		ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς	1	They arrested them
265	ACT	4	3	h5f9		ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα	1	since it was now evening	It was common practice not to question people at night.
266	ACT	4	4	bm1f		ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν	1	the number of the men who believed	This refers only to men and does not include how many women or children believed.
267	ACT	4	4	qd8g		ἐγενήθη ... ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε	1	was about five thousand
268	ACT	4	5	j6p8			0	General Information:
269	ACT	4	5	i9tj			0	Connecting Statement:	The rulers question Peter and John who answer without fear.
270	ACT	4	5	lw2d		ἐγένετο	1	It came about	This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
271	ACT	4	5	cdj1	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς	1	their rulers, elders and scribes	This is a reference to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling court, which consisted of these three groups of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
272	ACT	4	6	l44n		Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος	1	John, and Alexander	These two men were members of the high priest's family. This is not the same John as the apostle.
273	ACT	4	7	t1eq		ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει	1	By what power
274	ACT	4	7	jc21	figs-metonymy	ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι	1	in what name
275	ACT	4	8	su5x	figs-activepassive	τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit
276	ACT	4	9	pq85	figs-rquestion	εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ... ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται	1	if we this day are being questioned ... by what means was this man made well?
277	ACT	4	9	je6d	figs-activepassive	ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα	1	we this day are being questioned
278	ACT	4	9	b92n	figs-activepassive	ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται	1	by what means was this man made well
279	ACT	4	10	snd5	figs-activepassive	γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	May this be known to you all and to all the people of Israel
280	ACT	4	10	j3px		πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	to you all and to all the people of Israel
281	ACT	4	10	khn7	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου	1	in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth
282	ACT	4	10	jyj6	figs-idiom	ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	whom God raised from the dead,
283	ACT	4	11	tdw8	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
284	ACT	4	11	nwg6			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in Acts 4:8.
285	ACT	4	11	w195	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ‘ λίθος ... ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας’	1	Jesus Christ is the stone ... which has been made the head cornerstone	Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
286	ACT	4	11	f1nx		κεφαλὴν	1	head
287	ACT	4	11	c1bh		ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων	1	you as builders despised
288	ACT	4	12	tq3z	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ	1	There is no salvation in any other person
289	ACT	4	12	l66w	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	no other name under heaven given among men
290	ACT	4	12	iz7k	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ... ὄνομά ... ἕτερον ... δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	no other name ... given among men
291	ACT	4	12	jm25	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	under heaven
292	ACT	4	12	gg8h	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς	1	by which we must be saved
293	ACT	4	13	xn39			0	General Information:
294	ACT	4	13	t6kc	figs-explicit	τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου	1	the boldness of Peter and John
295	ACT	4	13	p9pq		παρρησίαν	1	boldness	having no fear
296	ACT	4	13	qaa5	figs-explicit	καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται	1	realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men
297	ACT	4	13	r6d6		καὶ καταλαβόμενοι	1	and realized
298	ACT	4	13	erv7	figs-doublet	ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί ... ἰδιῶτα	1	ordinary, uneducated men
299	ACT	4	14	h3cy	figs-activepassive	τόν ... ἄνθρωπον ... τὸν τεθεραπευμένον	1	the man who was healed
300	ACT	4	14	fq4w		οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν	1	nothing to say against this
301	ACT	4	15	ql31		αὐτοὺς	1	the apostles	This refers to Peter and John.
302	ACT	4	16	p4g6	figs-rquestion	τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις	1	What shall we do to these men?
303	ACT	4	16	nh5s	figs-activepassive	γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν δι’ αὐτῶν, πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ φανερόν	1	For the fact that a remarkable miracle has been done through them is known to everyone who lives in Jerusalem
304	ACT	4	16	jn12	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	everyone who lives in Jerusalem
305	ACT	4	17	f71l	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ	1	in order that it spreads no further
306	ACT	4	17	w52j	figs-metonymy	μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων	1	not to speak anymore to anyone in this name
307	ACT	4	19	hf3u	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
308	ACT	4	19	jf1d	figs-metonymy	εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Whether it is right in the sight of God
309	ACT	4	21	gy8d	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 22 gives background information about the age of the lame man who was healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
310	ACT	4	21	y5y1		οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι	1	After further warning	The Jewish leaders again threatened to punish Peter and John.
311	ACT	4	21	z2bx		μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς	1	They were unable to find any excuse to punish them	Although the Jewish leaders threatened Peter and John, they could not find a reason to punish them without causing the people to riot.
312	ACT	4	21	jbl6	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι	1	for what had been done
313	ACT	4	22	ju4w		ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐφ’ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως	1	The man who had experienced this miracle of healing
314	ACT	4	23	j3ap			0	General Information:
315	ACT	4	23	j2cx	figs-explicit	ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους	1	came to their own people
316	ACT	4	24	zu28		ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν	1	they raised their voices together to God
317	ACT	4	25	vc5z		ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών	1	You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David	This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said.
318	ACT	4	25	ka83	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν ... στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου	1	through the mouth of your servant, our father David
319	ACT	4	25	kat6		τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν ... Δαυεὶδ	1	our father David
320	ACT	4	25	f1x6	figs-rquestion	ἵνα‘ τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά	1	Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things?
321	ACT	4	25	w622	figs-explicit	λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά	1	the peoples imagine useless things
322	ACT	4	25	h6rc		λαοὶ	1	peoples	people groups
323	ACT	4	26	fb5a			0	Connecting Statement:	The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in Acts 4:25.
324	ACT	4	26	w2by	figs-parallelism	παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	The kings of the earth set themselves together, and the rulers gathered together against the Lord	These two lines mean basically the same thing. The two lines emphasize the combined effort of the earth's rulers to oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
325	ACT	4	26	w64b	figs-metonymy	παρέστησαν ... συνήχθησαν	1	set themselves together ... gathered together
326	ACT	4	26	yv19		κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	against the Lord, and against his Christ
327	ACT	4	27	b1g9			0	Connecting Statement:	The believers continue praying.
328	ACT	4	27	nuc1		ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	in this city
329	ACT	4	27	ca33		τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου Ἰησοῦν	1	your holy servant Jesus
330	ACT	4	28	yz7m	figs-metonymy	ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν	1	to do all that your hand and your plan had decided
331	ACT	4	29	b38z			0	Connecting Statement:	The believers complete their prayer that they began in Acts 4:24.
332	ACT	4	29	t5qm	figs-idiom	ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν	1	look upon their warnings
333	ACT	4	29	zh7j	figs-metonymy	μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου	1	speak your word with all boldness
334	ACT	4	30	x9r1	figs-metonymy	τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν	1	Stretch out your hand to heal
335	ACT	4	30	t5uw	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ	1	through the name of your holy servant Jesus
336	ACT	4	30	txb5		τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ	1	your holy servant Jesus
337	ACT	4	31	x9b3	figs-activepassive	ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος	1	the place ... was shaken
338	ACT	4	31	ps3m	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	they were all filled with the Holy Spirit
339	ACT	4	32	xu3j	figs-metonymy	ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία	1	were of one heart and soul
340	ACT	4	32	zyp5		ἦν αὐτοῖς πάντα κοινά	1	they had everything in common
341	ACT	4	33	d8dr		χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς	1	great grace was upon them all	Possible meanings are: 1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or 2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem.
342	ACT	4	34	gw3v	figs-hyperbole	ὅσοι ... κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον	1	all who owned title to lands or houses
343	ACT	4	34	ti1h		κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον	1	owned title to lands or houses
344	ACT	4	34	l938	figs-activepassive	τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων	1	the money of the things that were sold
345	ACT	4	35	vv4z	figs-idiom	ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	laid it at the apostles' feet
346	ACT	4	35	ps4s	figs-activepassive	διεδίδετο ... ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν	1	it was distributed to each one according to their need
347	ACT	4	36	uc2a	writing-participants		0	General Information:	Luke introduces Barnabas into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
348	ACT	4	36	nr4v	figs-idiom	υἱὸς παρακλήσεως	1	Son of Encouragement
349	ACT	4	37	gtv5	figs-idiom	ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	laid it at the apostles' feet
350	ACT	5	intro	k2uh			0
351	ACT	5	1	v27a	writing-background		0		Continuing the story of how the new Christians shared their belongings with other believers, Luke tells about two believers, Ananias and Sapphria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
352	ACT	5	1	ysl9		δέ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line to tell a new part of the story.
353	ACT	5	2	xm1t		συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός	1	his wife also knew it
354	ACT	5	2	dy8b	figs-idiom	παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν	1	laid it at the apostles' feet
355	ACT	5	3	y7j6			0	General Information:	If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements.
356	ACT	5	3	grr9	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου	1	why has Satan filled your heart to lie ... land?
357	ACT	5	3	pqd4	figs-metonymy	ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου	1	Satan filled your heart
358	ACT	5	3	zz5u	figs-explicit	ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς	1	to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price	This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
359	ACT	5	4	vu7g	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν	1	While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own ... control?
360	ACT	5	4	vi8w		ἔμενεν	1	While it remained unsold
361	ACT	5	4	wm2r	figs-rquestion	πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν	1	after it was sold, was it not in your control?
362	ACT	5	4	k7nc	figs-activepassive	πραθὲν	1	after it was sold
363	ACT	5	4	i5dw	figs-rquestion	τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο	1	How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart?
364	ACT	5	5	cc5y	figs-euphemism	πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν	1	fell down and breathed his last
365	ACT	5	7	ry54		ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ... εἰσῆλθεν	1	his wife came in
366	ACT	5	7	k3c9		τὸ γεγονὸς	1	what had happened
367	ACT	5	8	bcf6		τοσούτου	1	for so much
368	ACT	5	9	w1lb	figs-you		0	General Information:
369	ACT	5	9	vym8			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about Ananias and Sapphira.
370	ACT	5	9	v7sw	figs-rquestion	τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου	1	How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord?
371	ACT	5	9	hc22		συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν	1	you have agreed together
372	ACT	5	9	pg1e		πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου	1	to test the Spirit of the Lord
373	ACT	5	9	xj1l	figs-synecdoche	οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου	1	the feet of the men who buried your husband
374	ACT	5	10	nwb9		ἔπεσεν ... πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	fell down at his feet	This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person's feet as a sign of humility.
375	ACT	5	10	s7en	figs-euphemism	ἐξέψυξεν	1	breathed her last
376	ACT	5	12	aud2			0	General Information:
377	ACT	5	12	c2e7			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke continues to tell what happens in the early days of the church.
378	ACT	5	12	lde1	figs-activepassive	διὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ	1	Many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles
379	ACT	5	12	ux3n		σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα	1	signs and wonders
380	ACT	5	12	sri8	figs-synecdoche	διὰ ... τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	through the hands of the apostles
381	ACT	5	12	k99k		Στοᾷ Σολομῶντος	1	Solomon's Porch
382	ACT	5	13	qd8r	figs-activepassive	ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός	1	they were held in high esteem by the people
383	ACT	5	14	l9bs			0	General Information:
384	ACT	5	14	m9wx	figs-activepassive	μᾶλλον ... προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	more believers were being added to the Lord
385	ACT	5	15	y2ev	figs-explicit	ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν	1	his shadow might fall on some of them	It is implied that God would heal them if Peter's shadow touched them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
386	ACT	5	16	fu1a		ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων	1	those afflicted with unclean spirits
387	ACT	5	16	lyc7	figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες	1	they were all healed
388	ACT	5	17	p4ta			0	Connecting Statement:	The religious leaders began to persecute the believers.
389	ACT	5	17	x2ed		δὲ	1	But	This begins a contrasting story. You may translate this in the way that your language introduces a contrasting narrative.
390	ACT	5	17	f9ye	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς ... ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς	1	the high priest rose up
391	ACT	5	17	pc45	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου	1	they were filled with jealousy
392	ACT	5	18	j58p	figs-idiom	ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους	1	laid hands on the apostles
393	ACT	5	19	wd37			0	General Information:
394	ACT	5	20	qm16	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple
395	ACT	5	20	z1x3	figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης	1	all the words of this life
396	ACT	5	21	df1u	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	into the temple
397	ACT	5	21	l7uf		ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον	1	about daybreak
398	ACT	5	21	li6a	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἀχθῆναι αὐτούς	1	sent to the jail to have the apostles brought
399	ACT	5	23	ld7d	figs-explicit	ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν	1	we found no one inside
400	ACT	5	24	a8dz	figs-you		0	General Information:
401	ACT	5	24	k5g6		διηπόρουν	1	they were much perplexed
402	ACT	5	24	baw2		περὶ αὐτῶν	1	concerning them
403	ACT	5	24	p78m		τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο	1	what would come of it
404	ACT	5	25	c1am	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἑστῶτες	1	standing in the temple
405	ACT	5	26	f7pz	figs-you		0	General Information:
406	ACT	5	26	e24h			0	Connecting Statement:	The captain and the officers bring the apostles before the Jewish religious council.
407	ACT	5	26	i2v5		ἐφοβοῦντο	1	they feared
408	ACT	5	27	iq7w		ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest interrogated them
409	ACT	5	28	g2hi	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	in this name
410	ACT	5	28	j4kr	figs-metaphor	πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν	1	you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching
411	ACT	5	28	ym1k	figs-metonymy	βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1	desire to bring this man's blood upon us
412	ACT	5	29	y211	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
413	ACT	5	29	di9u		ἀποκριθεὶς ... Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι	1	Peter and the apostles answered	Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words.
414	ACT	5	30	r7av	figs-idiom	ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν	1	The God of our fathers raised up Jesus
415	ACT	5	30	pu5j	figs-metonymy	κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου	1	by hanging him on a tree
416	ACT	5	31	uh2d	translate-symaction	τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ... ὕψωσεν, τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ	1	God exalted him to his right hand
417	ACT	5	31	mr1d	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins
418	ACT	5	31	q1il	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Israel
419	ACT	5	32	yml6		τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ	1	those who obey him
420	ACT	5	33	ekh2			0	Connecting Statement:	Gamaliel addresses the council members.
421	ACT	5	34	i2rr	writing-participants	Γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, who was honored by all the people	Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
422	ACT	5	34	fpr4	figs-activepassive	τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	who was honored by all the people
423	ACT	5	34	xk6g	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω ... τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι	1	commanded the apostles to be taken outside
424	ACT	5	35	ae1u		προσέχετε	1	pay close attention to
425	ACT	5	36	uaj6		ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς	1	Theudas rose up
426	ACT	5	36	b3nl		λέγων εἶναί τινα	1	claiming to be somebody
427	ACT	5	36	ie3x	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἀνῃρέθη	1	He was killed
428	ACT	5	36	juz1	figs-activepassive	πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διελύθησαν	1	all who had been obeying him were scattered
429	ACT	5	36	rzg5		ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν	1	came to nothing	This means that they did not do what they had planned to do.
430	ACT	5	37	f33y		μετὰ τοῦτον	1	After this man
431	ACT	5	37	p56f		ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς	1	in the days of the census
432	ACT	5	37	kz4s	figs-idiom	ἀπέστησε λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ	1	drew away some people after him
433	ACT	5	38	i4bw			0	Connecting Statement:	Gamaliel finishes addressing the council members. Though they beat the apostles, command them not to teach about Jesus, and let them go, the disciples continue to teach and preach.
434	ACT	5	38	wz89	figs-explicit	ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς	1	keep away from these men and let them alone	Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders no to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
435	ACT	5	38	zh1d		ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο	1	if this plan or work is of men
436	ACT	5	38	uql8	figs-activepassive	καταλυθήσεται	1	it will be overthrown
437	ACT	5	39	j819	figs-ellipsis	εἰ ... ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1	if it is of God
438	ACT	5	39	cyp1	figs-activepassive	ἐπείσθησαν δὲ	1	So they were persuaded
439	ACT	5	40	z31c			0	General Information:
440	ACT	5	40	p6lz	figs-metonymy	προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες	1	they called the apostles in and beat them	The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
441	ACT	5	40	fca9	figs-metonymy	λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	to speak in the name of Jesus
442	ACT	5	41	cv8y	figs-activepassive	κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀτιμασθῆναι	1	they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name
443	ACT	5	41	lk82	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος	1	for the Name
444	ACT	5	42	jj94		πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν	1	Thereafter every day
445	ACT	5	42	kyp6	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ’ οἶκον	1	in the temple and from house to house
446	ACT	6	intro	z5r5			0
447	ACT	6	1	ky47	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story. Luke gives important background information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
448	ACT	6	1	f8br	writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Now in these days	Consider how new parts of a story are introduced in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
449	ACT	6	1	t94s		πληθυνόντων	1	was multiplying
450	ACT	6	1	e7vb		Ἑλληνιστῶν	1	Grecian Jews	These were Jews who had lived most of their lives somewhere in the Roman Empire outside of Israel, and had grown up speaking Greek. Their language and culture were somewhat different from those who had grown up in Israel.
451	ACT	6	1	ftz8		τοὺς Ἑβραίους	1	the Hebrews	These were Jews who had grown up in Israel speaking Hebrew or Aramaic. The church consisted of only Jews and converts to Judaism so far.
452	ACT	6	1	e1z9		αἱ χῆραι	1	widows	women whose husband has died
453	ACT	6	1	s4qy	figs-activepassive	παρεθεωροῦντο ... αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν	1	their widows were being overlooked
454	ACT	6	1	k4jg		παρεθεωροῦντο	1	being overlooked
455	ACT	6	1	rde8		διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ	1	daily distribution of food	The money that was being given to the apostles was used in part to buy food for the early church widows.
456	ACT	6	2	jr1y	figs-you		0	General Information:
457	ACT	6	2	n5r4		οἱ δώδεκα	1	The twelve	This refers to the eleven apostles plus Matthias, who was selected in Acts 1:26.
458	ACT	6	2	g56w		τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν	1	the multitude of the disciples
459	ACT	6	2	jm17	figs-hyperbole	καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	give up the word of God
460	ACT	6	2	fwk6	figs-metonymy	διακονεῖν τραπέζαις	1	serve tables	This is a phrase meaning to serve food to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
461	ACT	6	3	y3bm		ἄνδρας ... πλήρεις Πνεύματος καὶ σοφίας	1	men of good reputation, full of the Spirit and of wisdom	Possible meanings are 1) the men have three qualities—a good reputation, being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom or 2) the men have a reputation for two qualities—being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom .
462	ACT	6	3	p1yz		ἄνδρας ... μαρτυρουμένους	1	men of good reputation
463	ACT	6	3	i27a		ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ταύτης	1	over this business
464	ACT	6	4	b3bj	figs-ellipsis	τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου	1	the ministry of the word
465	ACT	6	5	wh9t		ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους	1	Their speech pleased the whole multitude
466	ACT	6	5	ajq1	figs-explicit	Στέφανον, ... καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, καὶ Φίλιππον, καὶ Πρόχορον, καὶ Νικάνορα	1	Stephen ... and Nicolaus	These are Greek names, and suggest that all of the men elected were from the Grecian Jewish group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
467	ACT	6	5	qas9		προσήλυτον	1	proselyte	a Gentile who converted to the Jewish religion
468	ACT	6	6	wu1y	translate-symaction	ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας	1	placed their hands upon them	This represented giving a blessing and imparting responsibility and authority for the work to the seven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
469	ACT	6	7	x48w			0	General Information:	This verse gives an update on the church's growth.
470	ACT	6	7	wu4l	figs-metaphor	λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν	1	word of God continued to spread
471	ACT	6	7	jg8y		ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει	1	became obedient to the faith
472	ACT	6	7	qq3l		τῇ πίστει	1	the faith	Possible meanings are 1) the gospel message of trust in Jesus or 2) the teaching of the church or 3) the Christian teaching.
473	ACT	6	8	wn1t	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses give background information about Stephen and other people that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
474	ACT	6	8	n3re			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story.
475	ACT	6	8	et2j	writing-participants	Στέφανος δὲ	1	Now Stephen	This introduces Stephen as the main character in this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
476	ACT	6	8	h8sg	figs-explicit	Στέφανος ... πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐποίει	1	Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing
477	ACT	6	9	k88n		συναγωγῆς, τῆς λεγομένης Λιβερτίνων	1	synagogue of the Freedmen
478	ACT	6	9	j8pq		συνζητοῦντες τῷ Στεφάνῳ	1	debating with Stephen
479	ACT	6	10	s2cl	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
480	ACT	6	10	fp41			0	Connecting Statement:	The background information that began in Acts 6:8 continues through verse 10.
481	ACT	6	10	v5ia	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀντιστῆναι	1	not able to stand against
482	ACT	6	10	fnb2		Πνεύματι	1	Spirit	this refers to the Holy Spirit
483	ACT	6	11	ren5	figs-explicit	ἄνδρας λέγοντας	1	some men to say
484	ACT	6	11	x747		ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς	1	blasphemous words against
485	ACT	6	12	tqk9	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
486	ACT	6	12	l251		συνεκίνησάν ... τὸν λαὸν, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς	1	stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes
487	ACT	6	12	j3wd		συνήρπασαν αὐτὸν	1	seized him
488	ACT	6	13	zv6s		οὐ παύεται λαλῶν	1	does not stop speaking
489	ACT	6	14	vak4	figs-idiom	παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν	1	handed down to us
490	ACT	6	15	gf7e	figs-idiom	ἀτενίσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν	1	fixed their eyes on him
491	ACT	6	15	k8rw	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου	1	was like the face of an angel	This phrase compares his face to that of an angel but does not say specifically what they have in common. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
492	ACT	7	intro	p9h4			0
493	ACT	7	1	pt4h	figs-you		0	General Information:
494	ACT	7	1	hy9r			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story about Stephen, which began in Acts 6:8, continues. Stephen begins his response to the high priest and the council by talking about things that happened in Israel's history. Most of this history comes from Moses' writings.
495	ACT	7	2	v5si		ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε	1	Brothers and fathers, listen to me	Stephen was being very respectful to the council in greeting them as extended family.
496	ACT	7	4	pfg3			0	General Information:
497	ACT	7	4	pfg3	figs-you		0	General Information:
498	ACT	7	5	ax1j		οὐκ ἔδωκεν ... ἐν αὐτῇ	1	He gave none of it
499	ACT	7	5	qff6	figs-idiom	οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός	1	enough to set a foot on
500	ACT	7	5	u6iw		εἰς κατάσχεσιν αὐτὴν, καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτόν’	1	as a possession to him and to his descendants after him
501	ACT	7	6	tn6b		ἐλάλησεν ... οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς	1	God was speaking to him like this
502	ACT	7	6	t1h9	translate-numbers	ἔτη τετρακόσια	1	four hundred years
503	ACT	7	7	f7fw	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔθνος ... κρινῶ ἐγώ	1	I will judge the nation
504	ACT	7	7	q7y6		τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν	1	the nation that they serve
505	ACT	7	8	mwc9	figs-explicit	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς	1	gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision
506	ACT	7	8	g4bb		οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαὰκ	1	so Abraham became the father of Isaac	The story transitions to Abraham's descendants.
507	ACT	7	8	ams1	figs-ellipsis	Ἰακὼβ τοὺς	1	Jacob the father
508	ACT	7	9	n981		οἱ πατριάρχαι	1	the patriarchs
509	ACT	7	9	tik7	figs-explicit	ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον	1	sold him into Egypt
510	ACT	7	9	w1is	figs-idiom	ἦν ... μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	was with him
511	ACT	7	10	yr7m	figs-metonymy	ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον	1	over Egypt
512	ACT	7	10	pb4p	figs-metonymy	ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	all his household
513	ACT	7	11	p42j		ἦλθεν ... λιμὸς	1	there came a famine
514	ACT	7	11	p37v	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	This refers Jacob and his sons, who were the ancestors of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
515	ACT	7	12	pia8		σιτία	1	grain	Grain was the most common food at that time.
516	ACT	7	12	mbg8		τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	Here this phrase refers to Jabob's sons, Joseph's older brothers.
517	ACT	7	13	ce2b	translate-ordinal	ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ	1	On their second trip
518	ACT	7	13	m37e		ἀνεγνωρίσθη	1	made himself known	Joseph revealed to his brothers his identity as their brother.
519	ACT	7	13	jxk8	figs-activepassive	φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος Ἰωσήφ	1	Joseph's family became known to Pharaoh
520	ACT	7	14	aam5		ἀποστείλας	1	sent his brothers back
521	ACT	7	15	w2sm		ἐτελεύτησεν	1	he died
522	ACT	7	15	fe56		αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	he and our fathers
523	ACT	7	16	slg3	figs-activepassive	καὶ μετετέθησαν ... καὶ ἐτέθησαν	1	They were carried over ... and laid
524	ACT	7	16	la8a		τιμῆς ἀργυρίου	1	for a price in silver
525	ACT	7	17	np3u	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
526	ACT	7	17	tuq2			1	As the time of the promise ... the people grew and multiplied	In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.
527	ACT	7	17	tlh9		ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας	1	time of the promise approached	It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
528	ACT	7	18	whe7		ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος	1	there arose another king
529	ACT	7	18	g2wq	figs-metonymy	ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον	1	over Egypt
530	ACT	7	18	e2y6	figs-metonymy	ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ’	1	who did not know about Joseph
531	ACT	7	20	q66s	writing-participants	ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη Μωϋσῆς	1	At that time Moses was born	This introduces Moses into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
532	ACT	7	20	cd5z	figs-idiom	ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ’	1	very beautiful before God	This phrase is an idiom that means Moses was very beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
533	ACT	7	20	pnb1	figs-activepassive	ἀνετράφη	1	was nourished
534	ACT	7	21	w3iu	figs-activepassive	ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	When he was placed outside
535	ACT	7	21	url3		ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραὼ, καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν	1	Pharaoh's daughter ... raised him as her own son	She did for him every good thing a mother would do for her own son. Use your language's normal word for what a mother does to make sure her son becomes a healthy adult.
536	ACT	7	21	mbp7		εἰς υἱόν	1	as her own son
537	ACT	7	22	c9nw	figs-activepassive	ἐπαιδεύθη Μωϋσῆς	1	Moses was educated
538	ACT	7	22	att9	figs-hyperbole	πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων	1	all the wisdom of the Egyptians	This is an exaggeration to emphasize that he was trained in the best schools in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
539	ACT	7	22	m3dm		δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ	1	mighty in his words and works
540	ACT	7	23	fj9s	figs-metonymy	ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ	1	it came into his heart
541	ACT	7	23	x493	figs-explicit	ἐπισκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ, τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ	1	visit his brothers, the children of Israel
542	ACT	7	24	l4zv	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν τῷ καταπονουμένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον	1	Seeing an Israelite being mistreated ... the Egyptian
543	ACT	7	24	r2e8		πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον	1	striking the Egyptian	Moses hit the Egyptian so hard that he died.
544	ACT	7	25	wm3j		ἐνόμιζεν	1	he thought
545	ACT	7	25	nhb9	figs-metonymy	διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς	1	by his hand was rescuing them
546	ACT	7	26	t1hw	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
547	ACT	7	26	t2vc	figs-explicit	αὐτοῖς	1	some Israelites	The audience would have known from the account in Exodus that these were two men, but Stephen does not specify that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
548	ACT	7	26	mpc7		συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην	1	put them at peace with each other
549	ACT	7	26	zzt4		ἄνδρες‘, ἀδελφοί ἐστε	1	Men, you are brothers	Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.
550	ACT	7	26	k1ku	figs-rquestion	ἱνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλου	1	why are you hurting one another?
551	ACT	7	27	q2r4	figs-rquestion	τίς‘ σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν	1	Who made you a ruler and a judge over us?
552	ACT	7	28	hk1g		μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον	1	Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday?	The man used this question to warn Moses that he and probably others knew Moses had killed the Egyptian.
553	ACT	7	29	l149	figs-explicit		0	General Information:	Stephen's audience already knew that Moses had married a Midianite woman when he fled Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
554	ACT	7	29	q8qv	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ	1	after hearing this	The implied information is that Moses understood that the Israelites knew that he had killed an Egyptian the day before (Acts 7:28). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
555	ACT	7	30	zx1c	figs-explicit	καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα	1	When forty years were past
556	ACT	7	30	f7yu	figs-explicit	ὤφθη ... ἄγγελος	1	an angel appeared	Stephen's audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
557	ACT	7	31	q6w6	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα	1	he marveled at the sight
558	ACT	7	31	uk7u		προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι	1	as he approached to look at it	This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate.
559	ACT	7	32	b4q6		ἐγὼ‘ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου	1	I am the God of your fathers
560	ACT	7	32	tdr7		ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι	1	Moses trembled and did not dare to look	This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice.
561	ACT	7	32	e19k	figs-explicit	ἔντρομος ... γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς	1	Moses trembled
562	ACT	7	33	x7cd	translate-symaction	λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα	1	Take off the sandals	God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
563	ACT	7	33	clk4	figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφ’ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν	1	for the place where you are standing is holy ground	The implied information is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered or made holy by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
564	ACT	7	34	yz7b		ἰδὼν, εἶδον	1	certainly seen
565	ACT	7	34	x5bg		τοῦ λαοῦ μου	1	my people
566	ACT	7	34	j32c		κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς	1	I have come down to rescue them
567	ACT	7	34	sq8y		νῦν δεῦρο	1	now come
568	ACT	7	35	x4p2			0	General Information:
569	ACT	7	35	gn6e		τοῦτον τὸν Μωϋσῆν, ὃν ἠρνήσαντο	1	This Moses whom they rejected	This refers back to the events recorded in Acts 7:27-28.
570	ACT	7	35	vp7e		λυτρωτὴν	1	deliverer	rescuer
571	ACT	7	35	yjz9	figs-metonymy	σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ	1	by the hand of the angel ... bush
572	ACT	7	36	gz9r	figs-explicit	ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα	1	during forty years
573	ACT	7	37	b4sg		προφήτην ... ἀναστήσει	1	raise up a prophet
574	ACT	7	37	j2rx		ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν	1	from among your brothers
575	ACT	7	38	l8u7			0	General Information:	The quotation in verse 40 is from the writings of Moses.
576	ACT	7	38	e8qu		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	This is the man who was in the assembly
577	ACT	7	38	fd25		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος	1	This is the man
578	ACT	7	38	y2zu		ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναιὑμῖν	1	this is the man who received living words to give to us
579	ACT	7	38	p3xk	figs-metonymy	λόγια ζῶντα	1	living words
580	ACT	7	39	mvz8	figs-metaphor	ἀπώσαντο	1	pushed him away from themselves
581	ACT	7	39	z3ze	figs-metonymy	ἐστράφησαν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	in their hearts they turned back
582	ACT	7	41	w38i			0	General Information:	Stephen's quotation here is from the prophet Amos.
583	ACT	7	41	ux1j	figs-explicit	ἐμοσχοποίησαν	1	they made a calf
584	ACT	7	41	hh77		ἐμοσχοποίησαν ... εἰδώλῳ ... τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν	1	a calf ... the idol ... the work of their hands	These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf.
585	ACT	7	42	d3dd	translate-symaction	ἔστρεψεν ... ὁ Θεὸς	1	God turned
586	ACT	7	42	rag5		παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς	1	gave them up
587	ACT	7	42	u7lx		τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	the stars in the sky	Possible meanings for the original phrase are 1) the stars only or 2) the sun, moon, and stars.
588	ACT	7	42	f314		βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν	1	the book of the prophets	This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amo.
589	ACT	7	42	gd1b	figs-rquestion	σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ	1	Did you offer to me slain beasts and sacrifices ... Israel?
590	ACT	7	42	j4q8	figs-metonymy	οἶκος Ἰσραήλ	1	house of Israel
591	ACT	7	43	zek5			0	General Information:	The quotation from the prophet Amos continues here.
592	ACT	7	43	fs4q			0	Connecting Statement:	Stephen continues his response to the high priest and the council which he began in Acts 7:2.
593	ACT	7	43	rk4z	figs-explicit	ἀνελάβετε	1	You accepted
594	ACT	7	43	im7e		σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολὸχ	1	tabernacle of Molech	the tent that housed the false god Molech
595	ACT	7	43	cq47		ὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ ... Ῥαιφάν	1	the star of the god Rephan	the star that is identified with the false god Rephan
596	ACT	7	43	gm4g		τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε	1	the images that you made	They made statues or images of the gods Molech and Rephan in order to worship them.
597	ACT	7	43	zgq6		μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος	1	I will carry you away beyond Babylon
598	ACT	7	44	m9gw		ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου	1	the tabernacle of the testimony	The tent that housed the ark (a box) with the 10 commandments carved in stone inside it
599	ACT	7	45	n2sc		ἣν ... εἰσήγαγον, διαδεξάμενοι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ	1	our fathers, under Joshua, received the tabernacle and brought it with them
600	ACT	7	45	n1pp		τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	God took the land from the nations and drove them out before the face of our fathers
601	ACT	7	45	spm5	figs-metonymy	τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν ... ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	God took the land ... before the face of our fathers
602	ACT	7	45	c2fb	figs-metonymy	τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	the nations
603	ACT	7	45	m9ib		ὧν ἐξῶσεν	1	drove them out
604	ACT	7	46	w3cu		σκήνωμα τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ	1	a dwelling place for the God of Jacob
605	ACT	7	47	a7bx			0	General Information:	In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself.
606	ACT	7	48	c822	figs-synecdoche	χειροποιήτοις	1	made with hands
607	ACT	7	49	k2vn		ὁ‘ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου	1	Heaven is my throne ... the earth is the footstool for my feet	The prophet is comparing the greatness of God's presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet.
608	ACT	7	49	wc9m	figs-rquestion	ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι	1	What kind of house can you build for me?
609	ACT	7	49	u1ft	figs-rquestion	τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου	1	what is the place for my rest?
610	ACT	7	50	rfk1	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα	1	Did my hand not make all these things?
611	ACT	7	51	zei2			0	Connecting Statement:	With a sharp rebuke, Stephen finishes his response to the high priest and the council which he began in Acts 7:2.
612	ACT	7	51	umq6		σκληροτράχηλοι	1	You people who are stiff-necked	Stephen shifted from identifying with the Jewish leaders to rebuking them.
613	ACT	7	51	vn7h	figs-idiom	σκληροτράχηλοι	1	stiff-necked
614	ACT	7	51	zp55	figs-metonymy	ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν	1	uncircumcised in heart and ears
615	ACT	7	52	x7kf	figs-rquestion	τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute?
616	ACT	7	52	q8wb		Δικαίου	1	Righteous One	This refers to the Christ, the Messiah.
617	ACT	7	52	agd9		ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε	1	you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also
618	ACT	7	52	fcc6		φονεῖς	1	murderers of him
619	ACT	7	53	euw5		τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων	1	the law that angels had established
620	ACT	7	54	t4u2			0	Connecting Statement:	The council reacts to Stephen's words.
621	ACT	7	54	ef2g		ἀκούοντες δὲ ταῦτα	1	Now when the council members heard these things	This is the turning point; the sermon ends and the council members react.
622	ACT	7	54	u4l7	figs-idiom	διεπρίοντο	1	were cut to the heart
623	ACT	7	54	ae9s	translate-symaction	ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	ground their teeth at Stephen
624	ACT	7	55	ntp4		ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	looked up intently into heaven
625	ACT	7	55	bl2j	figs-explicit	εἶδεν δόξαν Θεοῦ	1	saw the glory of God
626	ACT	7	55	vyz3	translate-symaction	καὶ Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	and he saw Jesus standing at the right hand of God
627	ACT	7	56	aqp8		Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man
628	ACT	7	57	p4cg	translate-symaction	συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν	1	covered their ears
629	ACT	7	58	ks1u		ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως	1	They dragged him out of the city
630	ACT	7	58	wy7n		τὰ ἱμάτια	1	outer clothing	These are cloaks or robes they would wear outside to stay warm, similar in function to a jacket or coat.
631	ACT	7	58	sx2p		παρὰ τοὺς πόδας	1	at the feet
632	ACT	7	58	e2vl		νεανίου	1	a young man	Saul was probably around 30 years old at the time.
633	ACT	7	59	le7k			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends the story of Stephen.
634	ACT	7	59	k2el		δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	receive my spirit
635	ACT	7	60	u86q	translate-symaction	θεὶς δὲ τὰ γόνατα	1	He knelt down	This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
636	ACT	7	60	tvf8	figs-litotes	μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1	do not hold this sin against them
637	ACT	7	60	r9vi	figs-euphemism	ἐκοιμήθη	1	fell asleep
638	ACT	8	intro	q9d9			0
639	ACT	8	1	tp9e	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	It may be helpful to your audience to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
640	ACT	8	1	a7uc			0	Connecting Statement:	The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses.
641	ACT	8	1	ez88	writing-background	ἐγένετο ... ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις. πάντες δὲ διεσπάρησαν κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας, πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	So there began ... except the apostles	This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen's death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
642	ACT	8	1	vc8x		ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	that day	This refers to the day that Stephen died (Acts 7:59-60).
643	ACT	8	1	u5pi	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ... διεσπάρησαν	1	the believers were all scattered
644	ACT	8	1	k5a2	figs-explicit	πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	except the apostles	This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
645	ACT	8	2	sjc8		ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς	1	Devout men
646	ACT	8	2	a38x		ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	made great lamentation over him
647	ACT	8	3	nz28		σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας	1	dragged out men and women	Saul forcefully took Jewish believers out of their home and put them into prison.
648	ACT	8	3	yd2i		κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους	1	house after house
649	ACT	8	3	ylr6		σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας	1	dragged out men and women
650	ACT	8	3	w6vk	figs-explicit	ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας	1	men and women	This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
651	ACT	8	4	dh3x			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the story of Philip, whom the people had chosen as a deacon (Acts 6:5).
652	ACT	8	4	ymy5	figs-activepassive	διασπαρέντες	1	who had been scattered
653	ACT	8	4	su6i	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word
654	ACT	8	5	gz5m		κατελθὼν εἰς τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας	1	went down to the city of Samaria
655	ACT	8	5	f45b		τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας	1	the city of Samaria
656	ACT	8	5	pk1l	figs-metonymy	ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Χριστόν	1	proclaimed to them the Christ
657	ACT	8	6	cnt9		δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι	1	When multitudes of people
658	ACT	8	6	wm83		προσεῖχον	1	they paid attention	The reason people paid attention was because of all the healing Philip did.
659	ACT	8	7	xb2n		ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα	1	who were possessed
660	ACT	8	8	z5z3	figs-metonymy	ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	So there was much joy in that city
661	ACT	8	9	jm7n	writing-background		0	General Information:	Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse gives the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
662	ACT	8	9	bed1	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων	1	But there was a certain man ... named Simon	This is a way of introducing a new person into the story. Your language may use different wording to introduce a new person into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
663	ACT	8	9	cx7a		τῇ πόλει	1	the city
664	ACT	8	10	kb9b	writing-background		0	General Information:	Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse continues to give the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
665	ACT	8	10	evt7	figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	All the Samaritans
666	ACT	8	10	ibl1	figs-merism	ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου	1	from the least to the greatest
667	ACT	8	10	j3d8		οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη	1	This man is that power of God which is called Great
668	ACT	8	10	yw5v		ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη	1	that power of God which is called Great
669	ACT	8	11	pxj8	writing-background		0	General Information:	Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse ends the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
670	ACT	8	12	yiw3			0	Connecting Statement:	These verses give more information about Simon and some of the Samaritans coming to believe in Jesus.
671	ACT	8	12	vsy8	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	they were baptized
672	ACT	8	13	k2th	figs-rpronouns	ὁ ... Σίμων ... αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν	1	Simon himself believed
673	ACT	8	13	v91t	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς	1	he was baptized
674	ACT	8	13	aj93		θεωρῶν τε σημεῖα	1	When he saw signs
675	ACT	8	14	q8wx			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke continues the news of what was happening in Samaria.
676	ACT	8	14	s7lr	writing-newevent	ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι	1	Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard	This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan's becoming believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
677	ACT	8	14	ju21	figs-synecdoche	ἡ Σαμάρεια	1	Samaria	This refers to the many people, who had become believers, throughout the district of Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
678	ACT	8	14	e682		δέδεκται	1	had received
679	ACT	8	15	af1n		οἵτινες καταβάντες	1	When they had come down
680	ACT	8	15	hk1m		καταβάντες	1	come down	This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
681	ACT	8	15	bun9		προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν	1	they prayed for them
682	ACT	8	15	n7vc		ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον	1	that they might receive the Holy Spirit
683	ACT	8	16	m1nw	figs-activepassive	μόνον ... βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον	1	they had only been baptized
684	ACT	8	16	rn3c	figs-metonymy	μόνον ... βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus
685	ACT	8	17	fwh8		ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	Peter and John placed their hands on them
686	ACT	8	17	q7gd	translate-symaction	ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	placed their hands on them	This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
687	ACT	8	18	rh79	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles' hands
688	ACT	8	19	fbw9		ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον	1	that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit
689	ACT	8	20	df1j			0	General Information:	Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon.
690	ACT	8	20	jju3		τὸ ἀργύριόν σου, σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν	1	May your silver perish along with you
691	ACT	8	20	gh12		τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the gift of God	Here this refers to the ability to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone.
692	ACT	8	21	p2ev	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ	1	You have no part or share in this matter
693	ACT	8	21	xbh2	figs-metonymy	ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα	1	your heart is not right
694	ACT	8	22	ppk5	figs-metonymy	ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου	1	for the intention of your heart
695	ACT	8	22	sa6s		τῆς κακίας ... ταύτης	1	this wickedness
696	ACT	8	22	pe2u		εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί	1	he might perhaps forgive
697	ACT	8	23	d3v7	figs-metaphor	εἰς ... χολὴν πικρίας	1	in the poison of bitterness
698	ACT	8	23	j696	figs-metaphor	σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας	1	in the bonds of sin
699	ACT	8	24	n5cw			0	General Information:
700	ACT	8	24	u1a4		ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ	1	so that nothing you have said may happen to me
701	ACT	8	24	sk5w		ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ	1	so that nothing you have said may happen to me	This refers to Peter's rebuke about Simon's silver perishing along with him.
702	ACT	8	25	dl9f			0	Connecting Statement:	This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans.
703	ACT	8	25	uz15		διαμαρτυράμενοι	1	testified	Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans.
704	ACT	8	25	ww9k	figs-metonymy	λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	spoken the word of the Lord
705	ACT	8	25	eu66	figs-synecdoche	πολλάς ... κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν	1	to many villages of the Samaritans
706	ACT	8	26	zkc5	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 27 gives background information about the man from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
707	ACT	8	26	rnh4			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia.
708	ACT	8	26	mbj9	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	This marks a transition in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
709	ACT	8	26	w1nk		ἀνάστηθι καὶ πορεύου	1	Arise and go
710	ACT	8	26	le2c		τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν	1	goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza
711	ACT	8	26	a18y	writing-background	αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος	1	This road is in a desert	Most scholars believe Luke added this comment to describe the area through which Philip would travel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
712	ACT	8	27	xy7x	writing-participants	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold
713	ACT	8	27	s1uf		εὐνοῦχος	1	eunuch
714	ACT	8	27	t5t1	translate-names	Κανδάκης	1	Candace	This was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the way the word Pharaoh was used for the kings of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
715	ACT	8	27	v8q7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	He had come to Jerusalem to worship
716	ACT	8	28	d3kv		τοῦ ἅρματος	1	chariot
717	ACT	8	28	bx2j	figs-metonymy	ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν	1	reading the prophet Isaiah
718	ACT	8	29	llh1	figs-metonymy	κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ	1	stay close to this chariot
719	ACT	8	30	ffh7	figs-metonymy	ἀναγινώσκοντος Ἠσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην	1	reading Isaiah the prophet
720	ACT	8	30	x98i		ἆρά ... γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις	1	Do you understand what you are reading?
721	ACT	8	31	r5g2	figs-rquestion	πῶς ... δυναίμην ἐὰν μή τις ὁδηγήσει με	1	How can I, unless someone guides me?
722	ACT	8	31	zx9h	figs-explicit	παρεκάλεσέν ... τὸν Φίλιππον, ἀναβάντα καθίσαι σὺν αὐτῷ	1	He begged Philip to ... sit with him	It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
723	ACT	8	32	nd93			0	General Information:
724	ACT	8	32	lu3j		ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος	1	like a lamb before his shearer is silent	A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used.
725	ACT	8	33	y2a1	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει, ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη	1	In his humiliation justice was taken away from him
726	ACT	8	33	k3uz	figs-rquestion	τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται	1	Who can fully describe his descendants?
727	ACT	8	33	idk8	figs-activepassive	αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ	1	his life was taken from the earth
728	ACT	8	34	htb2		δέομαί σου	1	I beg you
729	ACT	8	35	uw21	figs-metonymy	τῆς Γραφῆς ταύτης	1	this scripture
730	ACT	8	36	ip13		ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	they went on the road
731	ACT	8	36	muz2	figs-rquestion	τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι	1	What prevents me from being baptized?
732	ACT	8	38	l8wl		ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα	1	commanded the chariot to stop
733	ACT	8	39	tz5u			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. The story of Philip ends at Caesarea.
734	ACT	8	39	xp52		οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχος	1	the eunuch saw him no more
735	ACT	8	40	r1x7		Φίλιππος ... εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον	1	Philip appeared at Azotus	There was no indication of Philip's traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus.
736	ACT	8	40	arh5		διερχόμενος	1	that region	This refers to the area around the town of Azotus.
737	ACT	8	40	zfn6		τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	to all the cities
738	ACT	9	intro	jm6x			0
739	ACT	9	1	r4n5	writing-background		0	General Information:
740	ACT	9	1	yt9e			0	Connecting Statement:	The story shifts back to Saul and his salvation.
741	ACT	9	1	anb6	figs-abstractnouns	ἔτι ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples
742	ACT	9	2	v9lw	figs-metonymy	πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς	1	for the synagogues
743	ACT	9	2	y8f6		ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ	1	if he found any
744	ACT	9	2	pk19		τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας	1	who belonged to the Way
745	ACT	9	2	n94s		τῆς ὁδοῦ	1	the Way	This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time.
746	ACT	9	2	a6z4	figs-explicit	δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	he might bring them bound to Jerusalem
747	ACT	9	3	lv9q			0	Connecting Statement:	After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus.
748	ACT	9	3	jf4g		ἐν ...τῷ πορεύεσθαι	1	As he was traveling	Saul left Jerusalem and now travels to Damascus.
749	ACT	9	3	by55	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο	1	it happened that	This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
750	ACT	9	3	dm6c		τε αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	there shone all around him a light out of heaven
751	ACT	9	3	gua8		ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	out of heaven	Possible meanings are 1) heaven, where God lives or 2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it.
752	ACT	9	4	y4u4		πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	he fell upon the ground
753	ACT	9	4	c9l4	figs-rquestion	τί με διώκεις	1	why are you persecuting me?
754	ACT	9	5	q8ge			0	General Information:
755	ACT	9	5	jaq2		τίς εἶ, κύριε	1	Who are you, Lord?	Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power.
756	ACT	9	6	i1kj		ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν	1	but rise, enter into the city
757	ACT	9	6	fbi6	figs-activepassive	λαληθήσεταί σοι	1	it will be told you
758	ACT	9	7	xu7c		ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες	1	hearing the voice, but seeing no one
759	ACT	9	7	f9fe		μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες	1	but seeing no one
760	ACT	9	8	puw3	figs-explicit	ἀνεῳγμένων ... τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ	1	when he opened his eyes	This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
761	ACT	9	8	dgg8		οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν	1	he could see nothing
762	ACT	9	9	fhn6		ἦν ... μὴ βλέπων	1	was without sight
763	ACT	9	9	t8uc		οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν	1	he neither ate nor drank	It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.
764	ACT	9	10	kgn9	translate-names		0	General Information:	The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts Acts 5:3. You may translate this name the same way though as you did in Acts 5:1. Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
765	ACT	9	10	j847	writing-participants	ἦν δέ	1	Now there was	This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
766	ACT	9	10	vl8k		ὁ ... εἶπεν	1	He said
767	ACT	9	11	mn24		πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν	1	go to the street which is called Straight
768	ACT	9	11	ie1l		οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα	1	house of Judas	This Judas is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying.
769	ACT	9	11	u5j8		Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα	1	a man from Tarsus named Saul
770	ACT	9	12	jk46	translate-symaction	ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας	1	laying his hands on him	This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
771	ACT	9	12	nx5q		ἀναβλέψῃ	1	he might see again
772	ACT	9	13	la9t		ἁγίοις σου	1	your holy people
773	ACT	9	14	ptd6	figs-explicit	ὧδε ... ἐξουσίαν ... δῆσαι πάντας	1	authority ... to arrest everyone here	It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
774	ACT	9	14	t3fl	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	calls upon your name
775	ACT	9	15	jmt7	figs-metonymy	σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος	1	he is a chosen instrument of mine
776	ACT	9	15	z5fj	figs-metonymy	τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	to carry my name
777	ACT	9	16	kty3	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου	1	for the cause of my name
778	ACT	9	17	q61x	figs-you		0	General Information:
779	ACT	9	17	j2pf			0	Connecting Statement:	Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul.
780	ACT	9	17	s8ms		ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	So Ananias departed, and entered into the house
781	ACT	9	17	my6m	translate-symaction	ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	Laying his hands on him	Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
782	ACT	9	17	a89q	figs-activepassive	ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit
783	ACT	9	18	m1hx		ἀπέπεσαν ... ὡς λεπίδες	1	something like scales fell
784	ACT	9	18	g2ea		ἀνέβλεψέν	1	he received his sight
785	ACT	9	18	efs9	figs-activepassive	ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη	1	he arose and was baptized
786	ACT	9	20	rc49			0	General Information:
787	ACT	9	20	w65r	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
788	ACT	9	21	xid8	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες	1	All who heard him
789	ACT	9	21	f4fd	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο	1	Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name?
790	ACT	9	21	ctg3	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο	1	this name
791	ACT	9	22	r1np		συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	causing distress among the Jews	They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul's arguments that Jesus was the Christ.
792	ACT	9	23	g6gw			0	General Information:
793	ACT	9	23	g74c	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews
794	ACT	9	24	lv62	figs-activepassive	ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν	1	But their plan became known to Saul
795	ACT	9	24	cy9n		παρετηροῦντο ... καὶ τὰς πύλας	1	They watched the gates	This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates.
796	ACT	9	25	lc8m		οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	people who believed Saul's message about Jesus and were following his teaching
797	ACT	9	25	u8g8		διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι	1	let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket
798	ACT	9	26	j1el			0	General Information:
799	ACT	9	26	e38m	figs-hyperbole	καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν	1	but they were all afraid of him
800	ACT	9	27	n9f1	figs-metonymy	ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus
801	ACT	9	28	m5rs		ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	He met with them
802	ACT	9	28	fbb7	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus
803	ACT	9	29	d7lm		συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς	1	debated with the Grecian Jews	Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek.
804	ACT	9	30	uz9a		οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	the brothers
805	ACT	9	30	j4mt		κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν	1	brought him down to Caesarea
806	ACT	9	30	aqn6	figs-explicit	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν	1	sent him away to Tarsus	Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
807	ACT	9	31	vk8y			0	General Information:	Verse 31 is a statement that gives an update on the church's growth.
808	ACT	9	31	n7c5			0	Connecting Statement:	In verse 32, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.
809	ACT	9	31	s4bn		ἡ ... ἐκκλησία καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Σαμαρείας	1	the church throughout all Judea, Galilee, and Samaria
810	ACT	9	31	fh2g		εἶχεν εἰρήνην	1	had peace
811	ACT	9	31	elq7	figs-activepassive	οἰκοδομουμένη	1	was built up
812	ACT	9	31	j8c9	figs-metaphor	πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	walking in the fear of the Lord
813	ACT	9	31	hl24		τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	in the comfort of the Holy Spirit
814	ACT	9	32	w68g	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Now it came about	This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
815	ACT	9	32	m9sg	figs-hyperbole	διὰ πάντων	1	throughout the whole region	This is an generalization for Peter's visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
816	ACT	9	32	ad7g		κατελθεῖν	1	he came down
817	ACT	9	32	g5c4		Λύδδα	1	Lydda	Lydda is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel.
818	ACT	9	33	hzd7		εὗρεν ... ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα	1	There he found a certain man
819	ACT	9	33	jnc4	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν	1	a certain man named Aeneas	This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
820	ACT	9	33	uj5f	writing-background	κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	who had been in his bed ... was paralyzed	This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
821	ACT	9	33	k7hw		παραλελυμένος	1	paralyzed	unable to walk, probably unable to move below the waist
822	ACT	9	34	ff2a		στρῶσον σεαυτῷ	1	make your bed
823	ACT	9	35	z3fp	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα	1	everyone who lived in Lydda and in Sharon
824	ACT	9	35	qkv4		Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα	1	in Lydda and in Sharon	The city of Lydda was located in the Plain of Sharon.
825	ACT	9	35	pf23		εἶδαν αὐτὸν	1	saw the man
826	ACT	9	35	x9yw	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον	1	and they turned to the Lord
827	ACT	9	36	gy8u	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
828	ACT	9	36	du3s			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter.
829	ACT	9	36	zgq5	writing-newevent	δέ ... ἦν	1	Now there was	This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
830	ACT	9	36	gwr4	translate-names
831	ACT	9	36	q2rn		πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν	1	full of good works
832	ACT	9	37	mg72	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	It came about in those days
833	ACT	9	37	y8sx		λούσαντες ... αὐτὴν	1	washed her	This was washing to prepare for her burial.
834	ACT	9	37	znj4		ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ	1	they laid her in an upper room	This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process.
835	ACT	9	38	uhz5		ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	they sent two men to him
836	ACT	9	39	k1se		εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον	1	to the upper room
837	ACT	9	39	me79		πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι	1	all the widows	It is possible that all the widows of the town were there since it was not a large town.
838	ACT	9	39	piu7		χῆραι	1	widows	women whose husbands had died and therefore needed help
839	ACT	9	39	y6q5		μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα	1	while she had been with them
840	ACT	9	40	ek9c	writing-endofstory		0		The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
841	ACT	9	40	yp2u		ἐκβαλὼν ... ἔξω πάντας	1	put them all out of the room
842	ACT	9	41	r7n6		δοὺς ... αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν	1	gave her his hand and lifted her up	Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up.
843	ACT	9	41	b73s		τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρα	1	the believers and the widows	The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them.
844	ACT	9	42	nda9	figs-activepassive	γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππη	1	This matter became known throughout all Joppa
845	ACT	9	42	fyz4		ἐπίστευσαν ... ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον	1	believed on the Lord
846	ACT	9	43	k9ik	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο	1	It happened that
847	ACT	9	43	qar2		Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ	1	Simon, a tanner
848	ACT	10	intro	ym7z			0
849	ACT	10	1	m1vx	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
850	ACT	10	1	nfy5			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius.
851	ACT	10	1	wtb9	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ δέ τις	1	Now there was a certain man	This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
852	ACT	10	1	x476		ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς	1	Cornelius by name, a centurion of what was called the Italian Regiment
853	ACT	10	2	n8i3		φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν	1	worshiped God
854	ACT	10	2	w2kx	figs-hyperbole	δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός	1	he constantly prayed to God
855	ACT	10	3	up3j		ὥραν ἐνάτην	1	the ninth hour
856	ACT	10	3	g3lv		εἶδεν ... φανερῶς	1	he clearly saw
857	ACT	10	4	p5ml	figs-explicit	αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering into God's presence
858	ACT	10	6	lt9n		βυρσεῖ	1	a tanner	a person who makes leather from animal skins
859	ACT	10	7	g6lq		ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ	1	When the angel who spoke to him had left
860	ACT	10	7	i3x7		στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ	1	a devout soldier from among those who served him
861	ACT	10	7	yg7g		εὐσεβῆ	1	devout	An adjective to describe a person who worshiped God and served him.
862	ACT	10	8	pcg2		ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς	1	told them all that had happened	Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers.
863	ACT	10	8	d2p3		ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην	1	sent them to Joppa
864	ACT	10	9	ey9n			0	General Information:
865	ACT	10	9	w3g4			0	Connecting Statement:	The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter.
866	ACT	10	9	tu7n		περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην	1	about the sixth hour
867	ACT	10	9	r6l8		ἀνέβη ... ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα	1	up upon the housetop	The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them.
868	ACT	10	10	slq7		παρασκευαζόντων ... αὐτῶν	1	while the people were cooking some food
869	ACT	10	10	im7x	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις	1	he was given a vision
870	ACT	10	11	n4hi		θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον	1	he saw the sky open	This was the beginning of Peter's vision. It can be a new sentence.
871	ACT	10	11	u9u4		ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς	1	something like a large sheet ... four corners	The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth.
872	ACT	10	11	jh1m		τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον	1	let down by its four corners
873	ACT	10	12	ua3j	figs-explicit	πάντα τὰ τετράποδα, καὶ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	all kinds of four-footed animals ... birds of the sky
874	ACT	10	13	a2z4	figs-synecdoche	ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν	1	a voice spoke to him
875	ACT	10	14	z7r5		μηδαμῶς	1	Not so
876	ACT	10	14	a2jj	figs-explicit	οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον	1	I have never eaten anything that was defiled and unclean	It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
877	ACT	10	15	xs5s	figs-123person	ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν	1	What God has cleansed
878	ACT	10	16	rlr9		τοῦτο ... ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς	1	This happened three times
879	ACT	10	17	d4zi		διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος	1	Peter was very confused	This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant.
880	ACT	10	17	n6da		ἰδοὺ	1	behold
881	ACT	10	17	e62m	figs-explicit	ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα	1	stood before the gate
882	ACT	10	17	h72m		διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν	1	after they had asked their way to the house	This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does.
883	ACT	10	18	qe9d		φωνήσαντες	1	They called out	Cornelius' men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter.
884	ACT	10	19	e8ai		διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος	1	thinking about the vision
885	ACT	10	19	d9q8		τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit
886	ACT	10	19	iqx5		ἰδοὺ	1	behold
887	ACT	10	19	va39	translate-textvariants	ἄνδρες ζητοῦσιν σε	1	men are looking for you	Some ancient texts have a different number of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
888	ACT	10	20	ym1x		κατάβηθι	1	go down
889	ACT	10	20	wx4n		πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος	1	Do not hesitate to go with them	It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles.
890	ACT	10	21	lj1f		ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε	1	I am he whom you are seeking
891	ACT	10	22	i4zh			0	General Information:
892	ACT	10	22	baa3	figs-activepassive	Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ	1	A centurion named Cornelius ... listen to a message from you	This can be divided into several sentences and stated in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
893	ACT	10	22	wvl1		φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν	1	worships God
894	ACT	10	22	gv91	figs-hyperbole	ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	all the nation of the Jews
895	ACT	10	23	jlc7		εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν	1	So Peter invited them to come in and stay with him	The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon.
896	ACT	10	23	shs5		ἐξένισεν	1	stay with him
897	ACT	10	23	t7cz		τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης	1	some of the brothers from Joppa	This refers to believers who lived in Joppa.
898	ACT	10	24	c3s6		τῇ ... ἐπαύριον	1	On the following day	This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day.
899	ACT	10	24	g2up		ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς	1	Cornelius was waiting for them
900	ACT	10	25	wxt8		ὡς ... τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον	1	when Peter entered
901	ACT	10	25	b4pn	translate-symaction	πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας, προσεκύνησεν	1	fell down at his feet to worship him
902	ACT	10	25	u2x5		πεσὼν	1	fell down	He purposely lies down facing the ground to show that he is worshiping.
903	ACT	10	26	s7n5		ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ ... ἄνθρωπός εἰμι	1	Stand up! I too am a man
904	ACT	10	27	f9x6	figs-you		0	General Information:
905	ACT	10	27	bg7b			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter addresses the people who are gathered in Cornelius' house.
906	ACT	10	27	twp9	figs-explicit	συνεληλυθότας πολλούς	1	many people gathered together
907	ACT	10	28	g7j7		ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε	1	You yourselves know	Peter is addressing Cornelius and his invited guests.
908	ACT	10	28	iyx6		ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ	1	it is not lawful for a Jewish man
909	ACT	10	28	k3we		ἀλλοφύλῳ	1	someone from another nation	This refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived.
910	ACT	10	30	krz8	figs-you		0	General Information:
911	ACT	10	30	n5fs			0	Connecting Statement:	Cornelius responds to Peter's question.
912	ACT	10	30	na4u		ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας	1	Four days ago
913	ACT	10	30	mqv8	translate-textvariants	προσευχόμενος	1	praying
914	ACT	10	30	yy6e		τὴν ἐνάτην	1	at the ninth hour	The normal afternoon time that the Jews pray to God.
915	ACT	10	31	heh3	figs-activepassive	εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ	1	your prayer has been heard by God
916	ACT	10	31	s6nz		ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	reminded God about you
917	ACT	10	32	ci31		μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος	1	call to you a man named Simon who is called Peter
918	ACT	10	33	p5ee		ἐξαυτῆς	1	at once
919	ACT	10	33	ruf3		σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος	1	You are kind to have come
920	ACT	10	33	ry21		ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the sight of God	This refers to the presence of God.
921	ACT	10	33	xt4x	figs-activepassive	τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	that you have been instructed by the Lord to say
922	ACT	10	34	ku8u			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius.
923	ACT	10	34	cyn8		ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν	1	Then Peter opened his mouth and said
924	ACT	10	34	ha31		ἐπ’ ἀληθείας	1	Truly	This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know.
925	ACT	10	34	iii7		οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός	1	God does not take anyone's side
926	ACT	10	35	j78e		ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν	1	anyone who worships and does righteous deeds is acceptable to him
927	ACT	10	35	b5cr		φοβούμενος	1	worships
928	ACT	10	36	bjk7			0	General Information:
929	ACT	10	36	sv4s			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter continues to talk to Cornelius and his guests.
930	ACT	10	36	md1l		οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος	1	who is Lord of all
931	ACT	10	37	ch65	figs-hyperbole	καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	throughout all Judea
932	ACT	10	37	sq2i		μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης	1	after the baptism that John announced
933	ACT	10	38	jtr3		Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει	1	the events ... and with power
934	ACT	10	38	ku82	figs-metaphor	ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει	1	God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power	The Holy Spirit and God's power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
935	ACT	10	38	y5ya	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	all who were oppressed by the devil
936	ACT	10	38	tj3u	figs-idiom	ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	God was with him
937	ACT	10	39	kal7	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
938	ACT	10	39	sx3a		ἔν ... τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	in the country of the Jews	This refers mainly to Judea at that time.
939	ACT	10	39	z4dt		κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου	1	hanging him on a tree
940	ACT	10	40	cxj5	figs-idiom	τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν	1	God raised him up
941	ACT	10	40	w8kv		τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	the third day
942	ACT	10	40	iz8l		ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι	1	caused him to be seen
943	ACT	10	41	q7d1		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
944	ACT	10	42	ik96	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
945	ACT	10	42	zne5			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in Acts 10:34.
946	ACT	10	42	c1ak	figs-activepassive	ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	that this is the one who has been chosen by God
947	ACT	10	42	ws4t	figs-nominaladj	ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν	1	the living and the dead
948	ACT	10	43	ub5d		τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν	1	It is to him that all the prophets bear witness
949	ACT	10	43	vq6l	figs-activepassive	ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν ... πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν	1	everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins
950	ACT	10	43	y6d1	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1	through his name
951	ACT	10	44	cz7x		ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1	the Holy Spirit fell
952	ACT	10	44	wf7u		πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας	1	all of those who were listening
953	ACT	10	45	j6wt		ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	the gift of the Holy Spirit	This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them.
954	ACT	10	45	g161	figs-activepassive	τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται	1	the Holy Spirit was poured out
955	ACT	10	45	mqs8	figs-metaphor	ἐκκέχυται	1	poured out
956	ACT	10	45	je22		ἡ δωρεὰ	1	the gift
957	ACT	10	45	f33n		καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη	1	also on the Gentiles
958	ACT	10	46	w58d			0	General Information:
959	ACT	10	46	mpg5			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about Cornelius.
960	ACT	10	46	p6pa		αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν	1	Gentiles speak in other languages and praising God	These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God.
961	ACT	10	47	u5d5	figs-rquestion	μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς	1	Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received ... we?
962	ACT	10	48	t2y9	figs-explicit	προσέταξεν ... αὐτοὺς ... βαπτισθῆναι	1	he commanded them to be baptized
963	ACT	10	48	ax6x	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι	1	be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ
964	ACT	11	intro	hva5			0
965	ACT	11	1	uw5m			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new event in the story.
966	ACT	11	1	j7f7			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.
967	ACT	11	1	ab75	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
968	ACT	11	1	f1md		οἱ ... ἀδελφοὶ	1	the brothers
969	ACT	11	1	q8wl		οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν	1	who were in Judea
970	ACT	11	1	w3rx	figs-metonymy	ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	had received the word of God
971	ACT	11	2	kb4m		ἀνέβη ... εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	had come up to Jerusalem	Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
972	ACT	11	2	yar6	figs-metonymy	οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς	1	they who belonged to the circumcision group
973	ACT	11	3	ah7v	figs-metonymy	ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας	1	uncircumcised men
974	ACT	11	3	t9e1		συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς	1	ate with them	It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles.
975	ACT	11	4	lrh6			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius' house.
976	ACT	11	4	bfp5		ἀρξάμενος ... Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο	1	Peter started to explain	Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner.
977	ACT	11	4	nuy6		καθεξῆς	1	in detail
978	ACT	11	5	j37p		ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην	1	like a large sheet	The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in Acts 10:11.
979	ACT	11	5	axu6		τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς	1	by its four corners
980	ACT	11	6	lbh4	figs-explicit	τετράποδα τῆς γῆς	1	four-legged animals of earth
981	ACT	11	6	ew64		θηρία	1	wild beasts	This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control.
982	ACT	11	6	t36i		ἑρπετὰ	1	creeping animals	These are reptiles.
983	ACT	11	7	i5ic	figs-synecdoche	ἤκουσα ... φωνῆς	1	I heard a voice
984	ACT	11	8	m4mu		μηδαμῶς	1	Not so
985	ACT	11	8	m5p5	figs-metonymy	κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου	1	nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth
986	ACT	11	8	kj91		ἀκάθαρτον	1	unclean
987	ACT	11	9	n2gn	figs-metonymy	ἃ‘ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου	1	What God has declared clean, do not call unclean	This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
988	ACT	11	10	xrq6		τοῦτο ... ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς	1	This happened three times
989	ACT	11	11	ias8	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
990	ACT	11	11	b2qv		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
991	ACT	11	11	k44j		ἐξαυτῆς	1	right away
992	ACT	11	11	qwn5	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1	they had been sent
993	ACT	11	12	lf6m		μηδὲν διακρίναντα	1	that I should make no distinction regarding them
994	ACT	11	12	cf8x		ἦλθον ... σὺν ἐμοὶ ... οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι	1	These six brothers went with me
995	ACT	11	12	xrc6		οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι	1	These six brothers
996	ACT	11	12	w6ia		εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός	1	into the man's house	This refers to the house of Cornelius.
997	ACT	11	13	few6		Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον	1	Simon who is called Peter
998	ACT	11	14	hpr2	figs-metonymy	πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου	1	all your household
999	ACT	11	15	qy12	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
1000	ACT	11	15	a8jw		ἐν ... τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν, ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς	1	As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them	This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more.
1001	ACT	11	15	ak2p	figs-ellipsis	ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ	1	the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning
1002	ACT	11	15	th4m		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1	in the beginning	Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost.
1003	ACT	11	16	v116	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς ... βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	you shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit
1004	ACT	11	17	pe42	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
1005	ACT	11	17	e576			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes his speech (which he began in Acts 11:4) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius.
1006	ACT	11	17	u3nu	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν	1	Then if God gave to them ... who was I, that I could oppose God?
1007	ACT	11	17	y7ag		τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν	1	the same gift	Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit.
1008	ACT	11	18	nr7g		ἡσύχασαν	1	they said nothing in response
1009	ACT	11	18	z3fy	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν	1	God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also
1010	ACT	11	19	zck4			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen.
1011	ACT	11	19	bwb8	writing-newevent	οὖν	1	Now	This introduces the new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1012	ACT	11	19	m3i7		οἱ ... διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ, διῆλθον	1	those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread	The Jews began persecuting Jesus' followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus' followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places.
1013	ACT	11	19	w5jn		οἱ ... διῆλθον	1	those ... spread
1014	ACT	11	19	whm6	figs-activepassive	διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως	1	who had been scattered by the persecution
1015	ACT	11	19	vx4b		τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ	1	the persecution that arose over Stephen	the persecution that happened because of what Stephen had said and done
1016	ACT	11	19	c8ha		εἰ μὴ μόνον Ἰουδαίοις	1	only to Jews	The believers thought God's message was for the Jewish people, and not for the Gentiles.
1017	ACT	11	20	mww9	figs-explicit	ἐλάλουν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς	1	spoke also to Greeks
1018	ACT	11	21	aj5g	figs-metonymy	ἦν χεὶρ Κυρίου μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	The hand of the Lord was with them
1019	ACT	11	21	n9pq	figs-metaphor	ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον	1	turned to the Lord
1020	ACT	11	22	mrg9			0	General Information:
1021	ACT	11	22	i7vs	figs-metonymy	ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	ears of the church
1022	ACT	11	23	b7w7		ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	saw the grace of God
1023	ACT	11	23	m1q9		παρεκάλει πάντας	1	he encouraged them
1024	ACT	11	23	qlu4		προσμένειν τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	to remain with the Lord
1025	ACT	11	23	bz6w	figs-metonymy	τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας	1	with all their heart
1026	ACT	11	24	he5z		πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	full of the Holy Spirit	The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.
1027	ACT	11	24	e57t	figs-metonymy	προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	many people were added to the Lord
1028	ACT	11	25	yhl6			0	General Information:
1029	ACT	11	25	dm92		ἐξῆλθεν ... εἰς Ταρσὸν	1	out to Tarsus
1030	ACT	11	26	hu2g		καὶ εὑρὼν	1	When he found him	It progably took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul.
1031	ACT	11	26	wf5l	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο	1	It came about	This begins a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1032	ACT	11	26	w4dz		αὐτοῖς ... συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	they gathered together with the church
1033	ACT	11	26	x8gx	figs-activepassive	χρηματίσαι ... ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς, Χριστιανούς	1	The disciples were called Christians
1034	ACT	11	26	r6sl		πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ	1	first in Antioch
1035	ACT	11	27	pz7y	writing-background		0	General Information:	Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1036	ACT	11	27	h6zw		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line.
1037	ACT	11	27	d8bb		κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων ... εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν	1	came down from Jerusalem to Antioch	Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it.
1038	ACT	11	28	wyk8		ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος	1	Agabus by name
1039	ACT	11	28	q3tl		ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	indicated by the Spirit
1040	ACT	11	28	l3iz		λιμὸν μεγάλην μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι	1	a great famine would occur
1041	ACT	11	28	pd2t	figs-hyperbole	ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	over all the world
1042	ACT	11	28	jmc5	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου	1	in the days of Claudius
1043	ACT	11	29	lhp8			0	General Information:
1044	ACT	11	29	de92		δὲ	1	So	This word means marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they sent money because of Agabus' prophesy or the famine.
1045	ACT	11	29	rk9z		καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις	1	as each one was able	The richer people sent more; the poorer people sent less.
1046	ACT	11	29	up7a		ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers in Judea
1047	ACT	11	30	l8i8	figs-idiom	διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου	1	by the hand of Barnabas and Saul
1048	ACT	12	intro	f66j			0
1049	ACT	12	1	u4w7	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is background information about Herod's killing James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1050	ACT	12	1	ua9p			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the new persecution, first of James' death and then of Peter's imprisonment and then release.
1051	ACT	12	1	ti1y	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	This begins a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1052	ACT	12	1	f2gr		κατ’ ἐκεῖνον ... τὸν καιρὸν	1	about that time	This refers to the time of the famine.
1053	ACT	12	1	zy6y	figs-idiom	ἐπέβαλεν ... τὰς χεῖρας ... τινας	1	laid hands on
1054	ACT	12	1	u1gv	figs-explicit	τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	some who belonged to the church	Only James and Peter are specified, which implies that these were leaders of the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1055	ACT	12	1	s7lc		κακῶσαί	1	so that he might mistreat them
1056	ACT	12	2	aw4t		Ἀνεῖλεν ... Ἰάκωβον ... μαχαίρῃ	1	He killed James ... with the sword	This tells the manner in which James was killed.
1057	ACT	12	2	r1zv	figs-metonymy	ἀνεῖλεν ... Ἰάκωβον	1	He killed James
1058	ACT	12	3	pms7			0	General Information:
1059	ACT	12	3	v4ag		ἰδὼν δὲ ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	After he saw that this pleased the Jews
1060	ACT	12	3	wpm1		ρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	pleased the Jews
1061	ACT	12	3	cu7s		ὅτι ... ἐστιν	1	That was
1062	ACT	12	3	ly66		ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the days of unleavened bread
1063	ACT	12	4	pps1		τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν	1	four squads of soldiers
1064	ACT	12	4	i23a		βουλόμενος ... ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ	1	he was intending to bring him to the people
1065	ACT	12	5	v2yz	figs-activepassive	ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	So Peter was kept in the prison
1066	ACT	12	5	f8qc	figs-activepassive	προσευχὴ ... ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church
1067	ACT	12	5	g189		ἐκτενῶς	1	earnestly	continuously and with dedication
1068	ACT	12	6	km83	figs-explicit	ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἡρῴδης τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ	1	On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial
1069	ACT	12	6	g2bh		δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν	1	bound with two chains
1070	ACT	12	6	aqv1		ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν	1	were keeping watch over the prison
1071	ACT	12	7	kk4i			0	General Information:
1072	ACT	12	7	i7g3		ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1073	ACT	12	7	lu25		ἐπέστη	1	stood by him
1074	ACT	12	7	z2i1		ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι	1	in the prison cell
1075	ACT	12	7	dc5b		πατάξας ... τοῦ Πέτρου	1	He struck Peter
1076	ACT	12	7	dqn9		ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν	1	his chains fell off his hands	The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them.
1077	ACT	12	8	hxt9		ἐποίησεν ... οὕτως	1	Peter did so
1078	ACT	12	9	gx77			0	General Information:
1079	ACT	12	9	sh8k		οὐκ ᾔδει	1	He did not know
1080	ACT	12	9	p9ty	figs-activepassive	ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	what was done by the angel was real
1081	ACT	12	10	r7gy	figs-explicit	διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν	1	After they had passed by the first guard and the second
1082	ACT	12	10	c18q		διελθόντες	1	had passed by
1083	ACT	12	10	e36s	figs-ellipsis	καὶ δευτέραν	1	and the second
1084	ACT	12	10	y86k		ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν	1	they came to the iron gate
1085	ACT	12	10	if3c		τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν	1	that led into the city
1086	ACT	12	10	i3st	figs-rpronouns	ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίγη αὐτοῖς	1	it opened for them by itself
1087	ACT	12	10	j268		προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν	1	went down a street
1088	ACT	12	10	fl89		εὐθέως ἀπέστη ... ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	left him right away
1089	ACT	12	11	wlb6	figs-idiom	καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος	1	When Peter came to himself
1090	ACT	12	11	ue4k	figs-metonymy	ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου	1	delivered me out of the hand of Herod
1091	ACT	12	11	hw63		ἐξείλατό με	1	delivered me
1092	ACT	12	11	p739	figs-synecdoche	πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	everything the Jewish people were expecting
1093	ACT	12	12	tfh3		συνιδών	1	realized this	He became aware that God had rescued him.
1094	ACT	12	12	ux4v	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννου, τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου	1	John, also called Mark
1095	ACT	12	13	x5fg			0	General Information:
1096	ACT	12	13	pfn7		κρούσαντος ... αὐτοῦ	1	he knocked
1097	ACT	12	13	c634		τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος	1	at the door of the gate
1098	ACT	12	13	khq1		προσῆλθε ... ὑπακοῦσαι	1	came to answer
1099	ACT	12	14	y2ff		ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς	1	out of joy
1100	ACT	12	14	m3m7		οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα	1	failed to open the door
1101	ACT	12	14	ky3p		εἰσδραμοῦσα	1	came running into the room
1102	ACT	12	14	yq3r		ἀπήγγειλεν	1	she reported
1103	ACT	12	14	a19k		ἑστάναι ... πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος	1	standing at the door
1104	ACT	12	15	ybz7		μαίνῃ	1	You are insane
1105	ACT	12	15	xnm2		ἡ ... διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν	1	she insisted that it was so
1106	ACT	12	15	en8b		οἱ ... ἔλεγον	1	They said
1107	ACT	12	15	qa8m		ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ	1	It is his angel
1108	ACT	12	16	wwg1			0	General Information:
1109	ACT	12	16	bi6l		ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων	1	But Peter continued knocking
1110	ACT	12	17	jx1a		ἀπαγγείλατε ... ταῦτα	1	Report these things
1111	ACT	12	17	jf16		τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers
1112	ACT	12	18	blx5			0	General Information:
1113	ACT	12	18	ail9		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day.
1114	ACT	12	18	iqv4		γενομένης ... ἡμέρας	1	when it became day
1115	ACT	12	18	zl7i	figs-litotes	ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο	1	there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter
1116	ACT	12	18	ilz4	figs-abstractnouns	ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο	1	there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter
1117	ACT	12	19	twr1		Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρὼν	1	After Herod had searched for him and could not find him
1118	ACT	12	19	pz6v		Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν	1	After Herod had searched for him
1119	ACT	12	19	c69i		ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας, ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι	1	he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death	It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped.
1120	ACT	12	19	br16		καὶ κατελθὼν	1	Then he went down
1121	ACT	12	20	n2lw			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke continues with another event in Herod's life.
1122	ACT	12	20	aip7	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1123	ACT	12	20	gxs4	figs-hyperbole	ὁμοθυμαδὸν ... παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν	1	They went to him together
1124	ACT	12	20	t6mi		πείσαντες Βλάστον	1	They persuaded Blastus
1125	ACT	12	20	qsg4	translate-names	Βλάστον	1	Blastus	Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1126	ACT	12	20	l5r1		ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην	1	they asked for peace
1127	ACT	12	20	j253	figs-explicit	τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς	1	their country received its food from the king's country
1128	ACT	12	20	dy51	figs-explicit	τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν	1	received its food	It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1129	ACT	12	21	e3w9		τακτῇ ... ἡμέρᾳ	1	On a set day
1130	ACT	12	21	kv7g		ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν	1	royal clothing	expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king
1131	ACT	12	21	g6ir		καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματο	1	sat on a throne	This was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him.
1132	ACT	12	22	ze1s			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about Herod.
1133	ACT	12	23	b4bc		παραχρῆμα ... ἄγγελος	1	Immediately an angel
1134	ACT	12	23	b5s9		ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν	1	struck him
1135	ACT	12	23	iw57		οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	he did not give God the glory	Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.
1136	ACT	12	23	d419	figs-activepassive	γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν	1	he was eaten by worms and died
1137	ACT	12	24	j2un	writing-endofstory		0		Verse 24 continues the history from verse 23. Verse 25 continues the history from 11:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
1138	ACT	12	24	m1sw	figs-metaphor	ὁ ... λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο	1	the word of God increased and multiplied
1139	ACT	12	24	wn8m		ὁ ... λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God
1140	ACT	12	25	pv6a	figs-explicit	πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν	1	completed their mission
1141	ACT	12	25	t7d8	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	they returned from Jerusalem
1142	ACT	13	intro	rlh6			0		Acts 13 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41. The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus. Special concepts in this chapter A light for the Gentiles The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1143	ACT	13	1	ce7s	writing-background		0	General Information:
1144	ACT	13	1	qa2i			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch send Barnabas and Saul.
1145	ACT	13	1	rej8		δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Now in the church in Antioch
1146	ACT	13	1	srw6	translate-names	Συμεὼν ... Νίγερ ... Λούκιος ... Μαναήν	1	Simeon ... Niger ... Lucius ... Manaen	These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1147	ACT	13	1	u48c		Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου σύντροφος	1	foster brother of Herod the tetrarch	Manaen was probably Herod's playmate or close friend growing up.
1148	ACT	13	2	ifb9		ἀφορίσατε ... μο	1	Set apart for me
1149	ACT	13	2	j6ym		προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς	1	I have called them	The verb here means that God chose them to do this work.
1150	ACT	13	3	ku45	translate-symaction	ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς	1	laid their hands on these men
1151	ACT	13	3	p1us		ἀπέλυσαν	1	sent them off
1152	ACT	13	4	br2m			0	General Information:
1153	ACT	13	4	mt3h		οὖν	1	So	This word marks an event that happened because of a previous event. In this case, the previous event is Barnabas and Saul being set apart by the Holy Spirit.
1154	ACT	13	4	iyh8		κατῆλθον	1	went down
1155	ACT	13	4	d1q5		Σελεύκιαν	1	Seleucia	a city by the sea
1156	ACT	13	5	at85		Σαλαμῖνι	1	city of Salamis	The city of Salamis was on Cyprus Island.
1157	ACT	13	5	ct8b	figs-synecdoche	κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	proclaimed the word of God
1158	ACT	13	5	p5t3		συναγωγαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	synagogues of the Jews
1159	ACT	13	5	sxw6		εἶχον δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην, ὑπηρέτην	1	They also had John Mark as their assistant
1160	ACT	13	5	ukx2		ὑπηρέτην	1	assistant	helper
1161	ACT	13	6	h9he			0	General Information:
1162	ACT	13	6	ja1i		ὅλην τὴν νῆσον	1	the whole island	They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through.
1163	ACT	13	6	cl2z		Πάφου	1	Paphos	a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived
1164	ACT	13	6	zf3b		εὗρον	1	they found
1165	ACT	13	6	xe7h		ἄνδρα, τινὰ μάγον	1	a certain magician
1166	ACT	13	6	ak38	translate-names	ᾧ ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς	1	whose name was Bar Jesus
1167	ACT	13	7	bee2		σὺν	1	associated with
1168	ACT	13	7	s1su		ἀνθυπάτῳ	1	proconsul
1169	ACT	13	7	h5xx	writing-background	ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ	1	who was an intelligent man	This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1170	ACT	13	8	lp2u	translate-names	Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος	1
1171	ACT	13	8	qw4j		οὕτως ... μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	that is how his name is translated
1172	ACT	13	8	n23s		ἀνθίστατο ... αὐτοῖς ... ζητῶν διαστρέψαι	1	opposed them; he tried to turn
1173	ACT	13	8	w2xt	figs-metaphor	ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith
1174	ACT	13	9	gws2			0	General Information:
1175	ACT	13	9	nau1			0	Connecting Statement:	While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas.
1176	ACT	13	9	ey6d	figs-activepassive	Σαῦλος ... ὁ καὶ Παῦλος	1	Saul, who is also called Paul
1177	ACT	13	9	xjy9		ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν	1	stared at him intensely
1178	ACT	13	10	d2pk	figs-metonymy	υἱὲ διαβόλου	1	You son of the devil
1179	ACT	13	10	r8x2		ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας	1	you are full of all kinds of deceit and wickedness
1180	ACT	13	10	pyu7		ῥᾳδιουργίας	1	wickedness	In this context it means to be lazy and not diligent in following God's law.
1181	ACT	13	10	hlq9		ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης	1	You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness	Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas.
1182	ACT	13	10	bc9p	figs-rquestion	οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας	1	You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you?
1183	ACT	13	10	p8sa	figs-idiom	τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας	1	the straight paths of the Lord
1184	ACT	13	11	k51g			0	General Information:
1185	ACT	13	11	pey7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes speaking to Elymas.
1186	ACT	13	11	xul9	figs-metonymy	χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ	1	the hand of the Lord is upon you
1187	ACT	13	11	rse8	figs-activepassive	ἔσῃ τυφλὸς	1	you will become blind
1188	ACT	13	11	w3gh		μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον	1	You will not see the sun
1189	ACT	13	11	b5b8		ἄχρι καιροῦ	1	for a while
1190	ACT	13	11	t7j1		ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος	1	there fell on Elymas a mist and darkness
1191	ACT	13	11	a7es		περιάγων	1	he started going around
1192	ACT	13	12	x9fl		ἀνθύπατος	1	proconsul
1193	ACT	13	12	pyh7		ἐπίστευσεν	1	he believed
1194	ACT	13	12	twa8	figs-activepassive	ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου	1	he was astonished at the teaching about the Lord
1195	ACT	13	13	i65t	writing-background		0	General Information:
1196	ACT	13	13	rk3k			0	Connecting Statement:	This is a new part of the story about Paul in Antioch in Pisidia.
1197	ACT	13	13	r9hi		δὲ	1	Now	This marks the beginning of a new part of the story.
1198	ACT	13	13	k4s9		ἀναχθέντες ... ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου	1	set sail from Paphos
1199	ACT	13	13	h1cb		ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας	1	came to Perga in Pamphylia
1200	ACT	13	13	g6l5		Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	But John left them
1201	ACT	13	14	vrp1		Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν	1	Antioch of Pisidia
1202	ACT	13	15	dnb4	figs-synecdoche	μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	After the reading of the law and the prophets
1203	ACT	13	15	z7bh		ἀπέστειλαν ... πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες	1	sent them a message, saying
1204	ACT	13	15	td4h		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers
1205	ACT	13	15	jru8		εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως	1	if you have any message of encouragement
1206	ACT	13	15	kj1h		λέγετε	1	say it
1207	ACT	13	16	tbc4	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
1208	ACT	13	16	p93q			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul begins his speech to those in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch. He begins by talking about things that happened in Israel's history.
1209	ACT	13	16	i8pz	translate-symaction	κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ	1	motioned with his hand
1210	ACT	13	16	rh93		οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν	1	you who honor God
1211	ACT	13	16	ah55		τὸν Θεόν, ἀκούσατε	1	God, listen
1212	ACT	13	17	se2b		ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ	1	The God of this people Israel
1213	ACT	13	17	l9cn		τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν	1	our fathers
1214	ACT	13	17	aaj5		τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν	1	made the people numerous
1215	ACT	13	17	vw4z	figs-metonymy	μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ	1	with an uplifted arm
1216	ACT	13	17	b74t		ἐξ αὐτῆς	1	out of it
1217	ACT	13	18	zv9e		ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς	1	he put up with them
1218	ACT	13	19	nvp7	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
1219	ACT	13	19	h5qg		ἔθνη	1	nations
1220	ACT	13	20	m4jd		ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα	1	took place over four hundred and fifty years
1221	ACT	13	20	qmc8		ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου	1	until Samuel the prophet
1222	ACT	13	21	akg6			0	General Information:	The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament.
1223	ACT	13	21	yxi8		ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα	1	for forty years
1224	ACT	13	22	z4x3		μεταστήσας αὐτὸν	1	removed him from the kingship
1225	ACT	13	22	bsp6		ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα	1	he raised up David to be their king
1226	ACT	13	22	iyd6		βασιλέα	1	their king
1227	ACT	13	22	sw2r		ᾧ ... εἶπεν	1	It was about David that God said
1228	ACT	13	22	dbu5		εὗρον	1	I have found
1229	ACT	13	22	mp53	figs-idiom	ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου	1	to be a man after my heart
1230	ACT	13	23	lby6			0	General Information:	The quotation here is from the Gospels.
1231	ACT	13	23	xj5a		τούτου ... ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος	1	From this man's descendants
1232	ACT	13	23	kc76	figs-metonymy	ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	brought to Israel
1233	ACT	13	23	mk5g		κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν	1	as he promised to do
1234	ACT	13	24	x892	figs-abstractnouns	βάπτισμα μετανοίας	1	the baptism of repentance
1235	ACT	13	25	vww3	figs-rquestion	τί‘ ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι	1	Who do you think I am?
1236	ACT	13	25	rp32	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ	1	I am not the one
1237	ACT	13	25	nnl5		ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ	1	But listen	This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.
1238	ACT	13	25	r1pl	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ	1	one is coming after me
1239	ACT	13	25	gys2		οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι	1	the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to untie
1240	ACT	13	26	jdp6	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
1241	ACT	13	26	kci9		ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεό	1	Brothers, children of the line of Abraham ... who worship God	Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God.
1242	ACT	13	26	u6zn	figs-activepassive	ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη	1	the message about this salvation has been sent
1243	ACT	13	26	v6r3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης	1	about this salvation
1244	ACT	13	27	psk5		τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες	1	did not recognize him
1245	ACT	13	27	ri1f	figs-metonymy	τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν	1	sayings of the prophets
1246	ACT	13	27	m4tz	figs-activepassive	τὰς ... ἀναγινωσκομένας	1	that are read
1247	ACT	13	27	rle6		τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν ... ἐπλήρωσαν	1	they fulfilled sayings of the prophets
1248	ACT	13	28	v3hw			0	General Information:
1249	ACT	13	28	y9j6		μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες	1	they found no reason for death
1250	ACT	13	28	d4xm		ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον	1	they asked Pilate
1251	ACT	13	29	sq1j		ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα	1	When they had completed all the things that were written about him
1252	ACT	13	29	m5f1	figs-explicit	καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου	1	they took him down from the tree
1253	ACT	13	29	vwt4	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου	1	from the tree
1254	ACT	13	30	h5jw		ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν	1	But God raised him
1255	ACT	13	30	mqx8		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	raised him from the dead
1256	ACT	13	30	zsx4	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν	1	raised him
1257	ACT	13	30	d14p		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of making that person alive again.
1258	ACT	13	31	ig7w	figs-activepassive	ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	He was seen ... Galilee to Jerusalem
1259	ACT	13	31	g4vl		ἡμέρας πλείους	1	many days
1260	ACT	13	31	vqj4		νῦν εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν	1	are now his witnesses to the people
1261	ACT	13	32	ipb9			0	General Information:	The second quotation here is from the prophet Isaiah.
1262	ACT	13	32	y273		καὶ	1	So	This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God's raising Jesus from the dead.
1263	ACT	13	32	hr2g		τοὺς πατέρας	1	our fathers
1264	ACT	13	33	b1uh	translate:translate_versebridge	ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν, ἀναστήσας	1	he has fulfilled for us, their children, by
1265	ACT	13	33	dy6w		τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν	1	for us, their children
1266	ACT	13	33	d95n	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν	1	by raising up Jesus
1267	ACT	13	33	y3tz		ὡς ... ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ	1	As it is written in the second Psalm
1268	ACT	13	33	h9ir		τῷ ψαλμῷ ... τῷ δευτέρῳ	1	the second Psalm
1269	ACT	13	33	tla1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱός‘ ... γεγέννηκά σε	1	Son ... Father	These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1270	ACT	13	34	iy5q		ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν	1	The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way
1271	ACT	13	34	h3nj		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
1272	ACT	13	34	q3kq		τὰ ὅσια ... τὰ πιστά	1	sure blessings
1273	ACT	13	35	r1ev	figs-explicit	διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει	1	This is why he also says in another Psalm
1274	ACT	13	35	gl8s		καὶ ... λέγει	1	he also says
1275	ACT	13	35	hvt8	figs-metonymy	οὐ‘ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν	1	You will not allow your Holy One to see decay
1276	ACT	13	35	ry97		οὐ‘ δώσεις	1	You will not allow	David is speaking to God here.
1277	ACT	13	36	u8vh		ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ	1	in his own generation
1278	ACT	13	36	m5wx		ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ	1	served the desires of God
1279	ACT	13	36	rpb4	figs-euphemism	ἐκοιμήθη	1	he fell asleep
1280	ACT	13	36	nwy9		προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ	1	was laid with his fathers
1281	ACT	13	36	la5s	figs-metonymy	εἶδεν διαφθοράν	1	experienced decay
1282	ACT	13	37	bmw3		ὃν δὲ	1	But he whom
1283	ACT	13	37	n9pl	figs-idiom	ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν	1	God raised up
1284	ACT	13	37	j52x	figs-metonymy	οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν	1	experienced no decay
1285	ACT	13	38	ki8q			0	General Information:
1286	ACT	13	38	yg35		γνωστὸν ... ἔστω ὑμῖν	1	let it be known to you
1287	ACT	13	38	qy18		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers
1288	ACT	13	38	t3i5	figs-activepassive	ὅτι διὰ τούτου, ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται	1	that through this man is proclaimed to you forgiveness of sins
1289	ACT	13	38	w7y1	figs-abstractnouns	ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν	1	forgiveness of sins
1290	ACT	13	39	j6rr		ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων	1	By him every one who believes
1291	ACT	13	39	g5h9	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται	1	By him every one who believes is justified
1292	ACT	13	40	kk1j			0	General Information:
1293	ACT	13	40	zx6p			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in Acts 13:16.
1294	ACT	13	40	y2kg	figs-explicit	βλέπετε	1	be careful
1295	ACT	13	40	tt1x		τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	that the thing the prophets spoke about
1296	ACT	13	41	tqk5		ἴδετε‘, οἱ καταφρονηταί	1	Look, you despisers
1297	ACT	13	41	ky3s		θαυμάσατε	1	be astonished
1298	ACT	13	41	ilh2		καὶ ἀφανίσθητε	1	then perish
1299	ACT	13	41	dvn1		ἔργον ἐργάζομαι	1	am doing a work
1300	ACT	13	41	nm2q		ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν	1	in your days
1301	ACT	13	41	w6tq		ἔργον ὃ	1	A work that
1302	ACT	13	41	p4c2		ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν	1	even if someone announces it to you
1303	ACT	13	42	ax8v		ἐξιόντων δὲ	1	As Paul and Barnabas left
1304	ACT	13	42	f3sw		παρεκάλουν	1	begged
1305	ACT	13	42	y4p9	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	these same words
1306	ACT	13	43	a58z		λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς	1	When the synagogue meeting ended
1307	ACT	13	43	sws7		προσηλύτων	1	proselytes	These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism.
1308	ACT	13	43	q2aj		οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς, ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς	1	who spoke to them and urged them
1309	ACT	13	43	fv15	figs-explicit	προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to continue in the grace of God
1310	ACT	13	44	m129			0	General Information:
1311	ACT	13	44	vq3y	figs-metonymy	σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις	1	almost the whole city
1312	ACT	13	44	yga7	figs-explicit	ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to hear the word of the Lord
1313	ACT	13	45	j4zq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews
1314	ACT	13	45	qrh2	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου	1	filled with jealousy
1315	ACT	13	45	nc5l		ἀντέλεγον	1	spoke against
1316	ACT	13	45	m1an	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις	1	the things that were said by Paul
1317	ACT	13	46	zvt5	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
1318	ACT	13	46	as6q	figs-explicit	ἦν ἀναγκαῖον	1	It was necessary
1319	ACT	13	46	jn55	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν ... ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	that the word of God should first be spoken to you
1320	ACT	13	46	lly5	figs-metaphor	ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν	1	Seeing you push it away from yourselves
1321	ACT	13	46	ms36		οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς	1	consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life
1322	ACT	13	46	rf9k	figs-explicit	στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη	1	we will turn to the Gentiles
1323	ACT	13	47	v8au	figs-metaphor	εἰς φῶς	1	as a light	Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were a light that allowed people to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1324	ACT	13	47	t5sp	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς	1	bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth
1325	ACT	13	48	e9ag	figs-metonymy	ἐδόξαζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	praised the word of the Lord
1326	ACT	13	48	jct2	figs-activepassive	ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	As many as were appointed to eternal life
1327	ACT	13	49	qh9z	figs-metonymy	διεφέρετο ... ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου δι’ ὅλης τῆς χώρας	1	The word of the Lord was spread out through the whole region
1328	ACT	13	50	eqi5			0	General Information:
1329	ACT	13	50	t4bv			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends Paul and Barnabas' time in Antioch of Pisidia and they go to Iconium.
1330	ACT	13	50	u8rm	figs-synecdoche	οἱ ... Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews
1331	ACT	13	50	cf21		παρώτρυναν	1	urged on
1332	ACT	13	50	wmm5		τοὺς πρώτους	1	the leading men
1333	ACT	13	50	n7qe		ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρναβᾶν	1	These stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas
1334	ACT	13	50	cq9h		ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν	1	threw them out beyond the border of their city
1335	ACT	13	51	xi1z	writing-symlanguage	ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς	1	shook off the dust from their feet against them	This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1336	ACT	13	52	dp5k		οἵ ... μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples	This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left.
1337	ACT	14	intro	rsg2			0
1338	ACT	14	1	vh8u			0	General Information:	The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues.
1339	ACT	14	1	hk1z		ἐγένετο δὲ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ	1	It came about in Iconium that
1340	ACT	14	1	f4sq	figs-explicit	λαλῆσαι οὕτως	1	spoke in such a way
1341	ACT	14	2	wc4x		οἱ ... ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews who were disobedient	This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus.
1342	ACT	14	2	n2pp	figs-metaphor	ἐπήγειραν ... τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	stirred up the minds of the Gentiles	Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1343	ACT	14	2	k8mv	figs-synecdoche	τὰς ψυχὰς	1	the minds
1344	ACT	14	2	fu13		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	the brothers
1345	ACT	14	3	lp4v			0	General Information:
1346	ACT	14	3	a3gp		μὲν οὖν ... διέτριψαν	1	So they stayed there
1347	ACT	14	3	f2xh		τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	gave evidence about the message of his grace
1348	ACT	14	3	wcn5		τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	about the message of his grace
1349	ACT	14	3	c2cv	figs-activepassive	διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν	1	by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas
1350	ACT	14	3	p9iq	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν	1	by the hands of Paul and Barnabas
1351	ACT	14	4	btu3	figs-metonymy	ἐσχίσθη ... τὸ πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως	1	the majority of the city was divided
1352	ACT	14	4	smz5		ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	sided with the Jews
1353	ACT	14	4	q1xc	figs-ellipsis	σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις	1	with the apostles
1354	ACT	14	4	mw9h		τοῖς ἀποστόλοις	1	the apostles
1355	ACT	14	5	s5h7			0	General Information:
1356	ACT	14	5	yiv9		ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ ... τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν	1	attempted to persuade their leaders
1357	ACT	14	5	q6g2		ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς	1	to mistreat and stone Paul and Barnabas
1358	ACT	14	6	tpl1	translate-names	τῆς Λυκαονίας	1	Lycaonia	A district in Asia Minor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1359	ACT	14	6	m5gv	translate-names	Λύστραν	1	Lystra	A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and north of Derbe (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1360	ACT	14	6	tl4q	translate-names	Δέρβην	1	Derbe	A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and Lystra (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1361	ACT	14	7	z5nd		κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν	1	where they continued to proclaim the gospel
1362	ACT	14	8	ep46			0	General Information:
1363	ACT	14	8	l5pu			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra.
1364	ACT	14	8	wb5k	writing-participants	τις ἀνὴρ ... ἐκάθητο	1	a certain man sat	This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1365	ACT	14	8	kz7d		ἀδύνατος ... τοῖς ποσὶν	1	powerless in his feet
1366	ACT	14	8	tca1		χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	a cripple from his mother's womb
1367	ACT	14	8	hw4l		χωλὸς	1	cripple	person who cannot walk
1368	ACT	14	9	di49		ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ	1	Paul fixed his eyes on him
1369	ACT	14	9	xak4	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι	1	had faith to be made well
1370	ACT	14	10	v1kz		ἥλατο	1	jumped up
1371	ACT	14	11	axe6		ὃ ἐποίησεν Παῦλος	1	what Paul had done	This refers to Paul's healing the crippled man.
1372	ACT	14	11	lvs9		ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν	1	they raised their voice
1373	ACT	14	11	d1gz	figs-explicit	οἱ θεοὶ ... κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	The gods have come down to us
1374	ACT	14	11	x3bi		Λυκαονιστὶ	1	in the dialect of Lycaonia
1375	ACT	14	11	rm85		ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις	1	in the form of men	These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men.
1376	ACT	14	12	t7uu	translate-names	Δία	1	Zeus	Zeus was the king over all the other pagan gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1377	ACT	14	12	hh25	translate-names	Ἑρμῆν	1	Hermes	Hermes was the pagan god who brought messages to people from Zeus and the other gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1378	ACT	14	13	iz6r	figs-explicit	ὅ τε ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ... ἐνέγκας	1	The priest of Zeus, whose temple was just outside the city, brought
1379	ACT	14	13	v2a9		ταύρους καὶ στέμματα	1	oxen and wreaths	The oxen were to be sacrificed. The wreaths were either to crown Paul and Barnabas, or put on the oxen for sacrifice.
1380	ACT	14	13	iha1		ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας	1	to the gates	The gates of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city.
1381	ACT	14	13	ud37		ἤθελεν θύειν	1	wanted to offer sacrifice
1382	ACT	14	14	kt1f		οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρναβᾶς καὶ Παῦλος	1	the apostles, Barnabas and Paul
1383	ACT	14	14	kx43		διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν	1	they tore their clothing	This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them.
1384	ACT	14	15	w4fd	figs-rquestion	ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε	1	Men, why are you doing these things?
1385	ACT	14	15	f8vc		ταῦτα ποιεῖτε	1	doing these things
1386	ACT	14	15	u9pq		καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι	1	We also are human beings with the same feelings as you
1387	ACT	14	15	n9e4		ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ... ὑμῖν	1	with the same feelings as you
1388	ACT	14	15	n98g	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα	1	turn from these useless things to a living God
1389	ACT	14	15	qr5b		Θεὸν ζῶντα	1	a living God
1390	ACT	14	16	s2rn		ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς	1	In the past ages
1391	ACT	14	16	vpt5	figs-metaphor	πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν	1	to walk in their own ways
1392	ACT	14	17	fw2s			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra (Acts 14:8).
1393	ACT	14	17	kig8	figs-litotes	οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν	1	he did not leave himself without witness
1394	ACT	14	17	s3qn		ἀγαθουργῶν	1	in that he did good
1395	ACT	14	17	ps9z	figs-metonymy	ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	filling your hearts with food and gladness
1396	ACT	14	18	ut73		μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς	1	Paul and Barnabas barely kept the multitudes from sacrificing to them	Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so.
1397	ACT	14	18	la43		μόλις κατέπαυσαν	1	barely kept
1398	ACT	14	19	bz7k			0	General Information:
1399	ACT	14	19	wmc2	figs-explicit	πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους	1	persuaded the crowds
1400	ACT	14	19	xbv3		τοὺς ὄχλους	1	the crowds
1401	ACT	14	19	t8mg		νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι	1	thinking that he was dead
1402	ACT	14	20	pan3		τῶν μαθητῶν	1	the disciples	These were new believers in the city of Lystra.
1403	ACT	14	20	aqx3		εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν	1	entered the city
1404	ACT	14	20	e2y9		ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην	1	he went to Derbe with Barnabas
1405	ACT	14	21	wv7e	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
1406	ACT	14	21	ykt4		τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην	1	that city
1407	ACT	14	22	ek9l	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν	1	They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples
1408	ACT	14	22	zkd2		παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει	1	encouraging them to continue in the faith
1409	ACT	14	22	d9ic	writing-quotations	καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1
1410	ACT	14	22	wu1c	figs-inclusive	δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν	1	We must enter
1411	ACT	14	23	pk5l			0	General Information:
1412	ACT	14	23	mqp9		χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους	1	When they had appointed for them elders in every church
1413	ACT	14	23	nd87		παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς	1	they entrusted them
1414	ACT	14	23	ls62		εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν	1	in whom they had believed
1415	ACT	14	25	t513	figs-metonymy	καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον	1	When they had spoken the word in Perga
1416	ACT	14	25	h8sh		κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν	1	went down to Attalia
1417	ACT	14	26	f2cg		ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	where they had been committed to the grace of God
1418	ACT	14	27	vcd3			0	General Information:
1419	ACT	14	27	i9dv		συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	gathered the church together
1420	ACT	14	27	b4id	figs-metaphor	ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως	1	he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles
1421	ACT	15	intro	h917			0
1422	ACT	15	1	qck6			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision.
1423	ACT	15	1	su66	figs-explicit	τινες	1	Some men
1424	ACT	15	1	p3k9		κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	came down from Judea
1425	ACT	15	1	zi1n	figs-explicit	ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	taught the brothers
1426	ACT	15	1	pm8h	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι	1	Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved
1427	ACT	15	2	f9nd	figs-abstractnouns	στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης ... πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	a sharp dispute and debate with them
1428	ACT	15	2	ek6a		ἀναβαίνειν ... εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	go up to Jerusalem	Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
1429	ACT	15	2	z983		τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου	1	this question
1430	ACT	15	3	h2mw			0	General Information:
1431	ACT	15	3	av5y	figs-activepassive	οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	They therefore, being sent by the church
1432	ACT	15	3	aia5	figs-metonymy	προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	being sent by the church
1433	ACT	15	3	i5kd		διήρχοντο τήν τε Φοινίκην καὶ Σαμάρειαν, ἐκδιηγούμενο	1	passed through ... announced
1434	ACT	15	3	rk37	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	announced the conversion of the Gentiles
1435	ACT	15	3	nje7	figs-metaphor	ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	They brought great joy to all the brothers
1436	ACT	15	3	bbd4		τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers
1437	ACT	15	4	ej1r	figs-activepassive	παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders
1438	ACT	15	4	a2x1		μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	with them
1439	ACT	15	5	efe5			0	General Information:
1440	ACT	15	5	f2b5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there.
1441	ACT	15	5	k6k7		δέ τινες	1	But certain men	Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
1442	ACT	15	5	b9nt		τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως	1	to keep the law of Moses
1443	ACT	15	6	ugu6		ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου	1	to consider this matter	The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
1444	ACT	15	7	wct8	figs-you		0	General Information:
1445	ACT	15	7	hxu9			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law (Acts 15:5-6).
1446	ACT	15	7	a6q9		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers	Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present.
1447	ACT	15	7	s3wb	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου	1	by my mouth
1448	ACT	15	7	yer1		ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη	1	the Gentiles should hear
1449	ACT	15	7	b5s8	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	the word of the gospel
1450	ACT	15	8	m1xc	figs-metonymy	ὁ καρδιογνώστης	1	who knows the heart
1451	ACT	15	8	p6d2		ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς	1	witnesses to them
1452	ACT	15	8	i1gc		δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1	giving them the Holy Spirit
1453	ACT	15	9	zs2g		οὐδὲν διέκρινεν	1	made no distinction	God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers.
1454	ACT	15	9	ase1	figs-metaphor	τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	making their hearts clean by faith
1455	ACT	15	10	ha45	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
1456	ACT	15	10	wjq7			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders.
1457	ACT	15	10	rfr4		νῦν	1	Now
1458	ACT	15	10	zaz6	figs-rquestion	τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι	1	why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear?
1459	ACT	15	10	bfd5		οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	our fathers	This refers to their Jewish ancestors.
1460	ACT	15	11	q28c	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι	1	But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were
1461	ACT	15	12	um1p			0	General Information:
1462	ACT	15	12	d1uc		πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος	1	All the multitude
1463	ACT	15	12	uks6		ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	God had worked
1464	ACT	15	13	vb25			0	General Information:
1465	ACT	15	13	l7mp			0	Connecting Statement:	James begins to speak to the apostles and elders (Acts 15:6).
1466	ACT	15	13	pl6m		ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ	1	Brothers, listen
1467	ACT	15	14	s9dn		λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν	1	in order to take from them a people
1468	ACT	15	14	pnr9	figs-metonymy	τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	for his name
1469	ACT	15	15	h9um			0	General Information:
1470	ACT	15	15	ibb2			0	Connecting Statement:	James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament.
1471	ACT	15	15	am6y	figs-metonymy	συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν	1	The words of the prophets agree
1472	ACT	15	15	nbi1		τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν	1	agree with this
1473	ACT	15	15	j4f5	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written
1474	ACT	15	16	f5wf	figs-metaphor	ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν	1	I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down ... its ruins again	This speaks of God's again choosing one of David's descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1475	ACT	15	16	ist8	figs-metonymy	σκηνὴν	1	tent
1476	ACT	15	17	sm79	figs-metaphor	ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν Κύριον	1	the remnant of men may seek the Lord	This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1477	ACT	15	17	hkw1	figs-gendernotations	κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	remnant of men
1478	ACT	15	17	pe4l	figs-123person	ἐκζητήσωσιν ... τὸν Κύριον	1	may seek the Lord
1479	ACT	15	17	tu21	figs-activepassive	καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	including all the Gentiles called by my name
1480	ACT	15	17	c8gm	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	my name
1481	ACT	15	18	tr27	figs-activepassive	γνωστὰ	1	that have been known
1482	ACT	15	19	g3zx	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
1483	ACT	15	19	f6za			0	Connecting Statement:	James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: Acts 15:2 and Acts 15:13)
1484	ACT	15	19	pyb9	figs-explicit	μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	we should not trouble those of the Gentiles
1485	ACT	15	19	vr6u	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν	1	who turn to God	A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1486	ACT	15	20	wx8f		ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων, καὶ τῆς πορνείας, καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος	1	they must keep away from the pollution of idols ... sexual immorality ... strangled ... blood	Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.
1487	ACT	15	20	n6f2	figs-explicit	ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων	1	pollution of idols	This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1488	ACT	15	20	j2rl	figs-explicit	τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος	1	from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood	God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses' writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1489	ACT	15	21	si1h	figs-explicit	Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος.	1	Moses has been proclaimed in every city ... and he is read in the synagogues every Sabbath	James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1490	ACT	15	21	zd7t	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσῆς ... τοὺς κηρύσσοντας	1	Moses has been proclaimed
1491	ACT	15	21	xg5n	figs-hyperbole	κατὰ πόλιν	1	in every city
1492	ACT	15	21	pbm5	figs-metonymy	ἀναγινωσκόμενος	1	and he is read
1493	ACT	15	22	rhn3			0	General Information:
1494	ACT	15	22	hp6j	figs-explicit	ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	the whole church
1495	ACT	15	22	c711	translate-names	Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν	1	Judas called Barsabbas
1496	ACT	15	23	e4g2		οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν	1	From the apostles and elders, your brothers, to the Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia: Greetings!
1497	ACT	15	23	kp51		ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν	1	your brothers ... the Gentile brothers
1498	ACT	15	23	php8	translate-names	Κιλικίαν	1	Cilicia	This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1499	ACT	15	24	g8m9	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
1500	ACT	15	24	p1tl		ὅτι τινὲς	1	that certain men
1501	ACT	15	24	kh16		οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα	1	with no orders from us
1502	ACT	15	24	bxq8	figs-synecdoche	ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν	1	disturbed you with teachings that upset your souls
1503	ACT	15	25	c3dl		ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας	1	to choose men	The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas (Acts 15:22).
1504	ACT	15	26	t7vw	figs-metonymy	τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ
1505	ACT	15	27	j1jb	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
1506	ACT	15	27	v2ee			0	Connecting Statement:	This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch.
1507	ACT	15	27	xw8l	figs-explicit	αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά	1	who will tell you the same thing themselves in their own words
1508	ACT	15	28	l9z6	figs-metaphor	μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος, πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες	1	to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things	This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1509	ACT	15	29	nt7s		εἰδωλοθύτων	1	from things sacrificed to idols	This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol.
1510	ACT	15	29	vcc6	figs-explicit	αἵματος	1	blood	This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1511	ACT	15	29	rt55		πνικτῶν	1	things strangled	A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained.
1512	ACT	15	29	buy9		ἔρρωσθε	1	Farewell
1513	ACT	15	30	khi8			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave for Antioch.
1514	ACT	15	30	c3uk		οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν	1	So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch
1515	ACT	15	30	usz6	figs-activepassive	ἀπολυθέντες	1	when they were dismissed
1516	ACT	15	30	t55a		κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν	1	came down to Antioch
1517	ACT	15	31	k1mr		ἀναγνόντες ... ἐχάρησαν	1	they rejoiced
1518	ACT	15	31	e4gf	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει	1	because of the encouragement
1519	ACT	15	32	r65l		καὶ ... προφῆται	1	also prophets
1520	ACT	15	32	e2en		τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers
1521	ACT	15	32	j99g	figs-metaphor	ἐπεστήριξαν	1	strengthened them	Helping someone to depend even more on Jesus is spoken of as if they were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1522	ACT	15	33	y2ls			0	Connecting Statement:	Judas and Silas return to Jerusalem while Paul and Barnabas remain in Antioch.
1523	ACT	15	33	v7pj	figs-metaphor	ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον	1	After they had spent some time there
1524	ACT	15	33	v6im	figs-activepassive	ἀπελύθησαν μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	they were sent away in peace from the brothers
1525	ACT	15	33	wzw4		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	the brothers	This refers to the believers in Antioch.
1526	ACT	15	33	xv3h		πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς	1	to those who had sent them
1527	ACT	15	35	e7s4	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord
1528	ACT	15	36	k6c6			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas go on separate journeys.
1529	ACT	15	36	i1n5		ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ	1	Let us return now
1530	ACT	15	36	ib2j		ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	visit the brothers
1531	ACT	15	36	ua1f	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord
1532	ACT	15	36	y9i9		πῶς ἔχουσιν	1	see how they are
1533	ACT	15	37	s635		συνπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην, τὸν καλούμενον Μᾶρκον	1	to also take with them John who was called Mark
1534	ACT	15	38	a5nn	figs-litotes	Παῦλος ... ἠξίου ... μὴ ... συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον	1	Paul thought it was not good to take Mark
1535	ACT	15	38	ht3k		Παμφυλίας	1	Pamphylia	This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10.
1536	ACT	15	38	ln7w		μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον	1	did not go further with them in the work
1537	ACT	15	39	bb8w			0	General Information:
1538	ACT	15	39	u97a	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς	1	Then there arose a sharp disagreement
1539	ACT	15	40	l2uq	figs-activepassive	παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord
1540	ACT	15	41	e3ym	figs-explicit	διήρχετο	1	he went
1541	ACT	15	41	t81z		διήρχετο ... τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν	1	went through Syria and Cilicia	These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
1542	ACT	15	41	tbv3	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας	1	strengthening the churches
1543	ACT	16	intro	e7z2			0		Acts 16 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Timothy's circumcision Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised.. The woman who had a spirit of divination Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.
1544	ACT	16	1	l2b1			0	General Information:
1545	ACT	16	1	f49m	writing-background		0		This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1546	ACT	16	1	km5q	figs-go	κατήντησεν ... καὶ	1	Paul also came
1547	ACT	16	1	d4ka		Δέρβην	1	Derbe	This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in Acts 14:6.
1548	ACT	16	1	u3vr		ἰδοὺ	1	behold
1549	ACT	16	1	wxl8	figs-ellipsis	πιστῆς	1	who believed
1550	ACT	16	2	t1lu	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ... ἀδελφῶν	1	He was well spoken of by the brothers
1551	ACT	16	2	rez2		ὑπὸ τῶν ... ἀδελφῶν	1	by the brothers
1552	ACT	16	3	p6z8		περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν	1	circumcised him	It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
1553	ACT	16	3	za93		διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις	1	because of the Jews that were in those places
1554	ACT	16	3	hk2l	figs-explicit	ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν	1	for they all knew that his father was a Greek	Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1555	ACT	16	4	n46i			0	General Information:
1556	ACT	16	4	bu6r		αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν	1	for them to obey
1557	ACT	16	4	gpi3	figs-activepassive	τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	that had been written by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem
1558	ACT	16	5	q8v9	figs-activepassive	αἱ ... ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ’ ἡμέραν	1	the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased in number daily
1559	ACT	16	5	lv4f	figs-metaphor	αἱ ... ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει	1	the churches were strengthened in the faith	This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1560	ACT	16	6	g97e		τὴν Φρυγίαν	1	Phrygia	This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in Acts 2:10.
1561	ACT	16	6	ue3k	figs-activepassive	κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος	1	they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit
1562	ACT	16	6	h4u4	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word
1563	ACT	16	7	x1b1	figs-go	ἐλθόντες δὲ	1	When they came
1564	ACT	16	7	b1xq	translate-names	Μυσίαν ... Βιθυνίαν	1	Mysia ... Bithynia	These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1565	ACT	16	7	b539		τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ	1	the Spirit of Jesus
1566	ACT	16	8	s6l1		κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα	1	they came down to the city of Troas
1567	ACT	16	8	xq6n	figs-go	κατέβησαν	1	they came down
1568	ACT	16	9	t6v2		ὅραμα ... τῷ Παύλῳ ὤφθη	1	A vision appeared to Paul
1569	ACT	16	9	hq8e		παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν	1	calling him
1570	ACT	16	9	cm2u		διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν	1	Come over into Macedonia
1571	ACT	16	10	fg5h		ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς	1	we set out to go to Macedonia ... God had called us
1572	ACT	16	11	m2p5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul's travels.
1573	ACT	16	11	q2pr	translate-names	Σαμοθρᾴκην ... Νέαν Πόλιν	1	Samothrace ... Neapolis	These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1574	ACT	16	11	yy6z	figs-go	εἰς Νέαν Πόλιν	1	we came to Neapolis
1575	ACT	16	12	tl9f	figs-explicit	κολωνία	1	a Roman colony	This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1576	ACT	16	14	x8bp			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends the story of Lydia.
1577	ACT	16	14	n952	writing-participants	τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία	1	A certain woman named Lydia
1578	ACT	16	14	qj86	figs-ellipsis	πορφυρόπωλις	1	a seller of purple
1579	ACT	16	14	c6n8	translate-names	Θυατείρων	1	Thyatira	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1580	ACT	16	14	cyk3		σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν	1	worshiped God	A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him, but does not obey all of the Jewish laws.
1581	ACT	16	14	rd4r	figs-metaphor	ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν	1	The Lord opened her heart to pay attention
1582	ACT	16	14	s9ju	figs-metonymy	ἧς ... διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν	1	opened her heart
1583	ACT	16	14	a74y	figs-activepassive	τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου	1	what was said by Paul
1584	ACT	16	15	g7e9	figs-activepassive	ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς	1	When she and her house were baptized
1585	ACT	16	15	s799	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς	1	her house
1586	ACT	16	16	vyn4	writing-background		0	General Information:	Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people's futures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1587	ACT	16	16	anc1			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the first event in another short story during Paul's travels; it is about a young fortune teller.
1588	ACT	16	16	ufy4		ἐγένετο δὲ	1	It came about that	This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1589	ACT	16	16	y1gc	writing-participants	παιδίσκην τινὰ	1	a certain young woman
1590	ACT	16	16	ymt9		πνεῦμα Πύθωνα	1	a spirit of divination	An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people.
1591	ACT	16	17	tni9	figs-metaphor	ὁδὸν σωτηρίας	1	the way of salvation
1592	ACT	16	18	lj79	figs-activepassive	διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας	1	But Paul, being greatly annoyed by her, turned
1593	ACT	16	18	qi1k	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of Jesus Christ
1594	ACT	16	18	u4z8		ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	it came out right away
1595	ACT	16	19	m1y7		οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς	1	her masters
1596	ACT	16	19	r1a1	figs-explicit	ἰδόντες ... οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν	1	When her masters saw that their opportunity to make money was now gone
1597	ACT	16	19	bws7		εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν	1	into the marketplace
1598	ACT	16	19	hf82		ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας	1	before the authorities
1599	ACT	16	20	d2rg		καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς	1	When they had brought them to the magistrates
1600	ACT	16	20	wa94		στρατηγοῖς	1	magistrates	rulers, judges
1601	ACT	16	20	dkz2	figs-inclusive	οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν	1	These men are stirring up our city
1602	ACT	16	21	gna6		παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν	1	to accept or practice
1603	ACT	16	22	r1gr			0	General Information:
1604	ACT	16	22	at6i	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν	1	commanded them to be beaten with rods
1605	ACT	16	23	dsr3		πολλάς ... ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς	1	had laid many blows upon them
1606	ACT	16	23	y4mc		παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς	1	commanded the jailer to keep them securely
1607	ACT	16	23	zkp7		δεσμοφύλακι	1	jailer	a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison
1608	ACT	16	24	a79x		ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν	1	he got this command
1609	ACT	16	24	rl8c		τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον	1	fastened their feet in the stocks
1610	ACT	16	24	jug6		ξύλον	1	stocks	a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person's feet from moving
1611	ACT	16	25	rwu3			0	General Information:
1612	ACT	16	25	hme2			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues Paul and Silas' time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer.
1613	ACT	16	26	q7z1	figs-activepassive	σεισμὸς ... ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου	1	earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken
1614	ACT	16	26	m4ye	figs-synecdoche	τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου	1	the foundations of the prison	When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1615	ACT	16	26	s6mu	figs-activepassive	ἠνεῴχθησαν ... αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι	1	all the doors were opened
1616	ACT	16	26	p393	figs-activepassive	πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη	1	everyone's chains were unfastened
1617	ACT	16	27	ljy6	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
1618	ACT	16	27	hr9q	figs-activepassive	ἔξυπνος ... γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ	1	The jailer was awakened from sleep
1619	ACT	16	27	cwt5		ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν	1	was about to kill himself
1620	ACT	16	29	pe66	figs-explicit	αἰτήσας ... φῶτα	1	called for lights
1621	ACT	16	29	h5ai	figs-metonymy	φῶτα	1	for lights
1622	ACT	16	29	r6is		εἰσεπήδησεν	1	rushed in
1623	ACT	16	29	bb6t	translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ	1	fell down before Paul and Silas	The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1624	ACT	16	30	a3h6		προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω	1	brought them out
1625	ACT	16	30	u132	figs-activepassive	τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἵνα σωθῶ	1	what must I do to be saved
1626	ACT	16	31	br4k	figs-activepassive	σωθήσῃ	1	you will be saved
1627	ACT	16	31	w8ed	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκός σου	1	your house
1628	ACT	16	32	kb35			0	General Information:
1629	ACT	16	32	pq5w	figs-metonymy	ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	They spoke the word of the Lord to him
1630	ACT	16	33	r3la	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα	1	he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately
1631	ACT	16	35	x3x8			0	General Information:	This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi (Acts 16:12).
1632	ACT	16	35	lb4z		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in Acts 16:16.
1633	ACT	16	35	qum8	figs-metonymy	ἀπέστειλαν ... τοὺς ῥαβδούχους	1	sent word to the guards
1634	ACT	16	35	j5m6		ἀπέστειλαν	1	sent word
1635	ACT	16	35	vev9		ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους	1	Let those men go
1636	ACT	16	36	k3i6		ἐξελθόντες	1	come out
1637	ACT	16	37	v4yk	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
1638	ACT	16	37	b4jm	figs-explicit	ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς	1	said to them
1639	ACT	16	37	b7cc	figs-metonymy	δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ	1	They have publicly beaten us
1640	ACT	16	37	wc37		ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν	1	without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison
1641	ACT	16	37	qq1u	figs-rquestion	λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ	1	Do they now want to send us away secretly? No!
1642	ACT	16	37	jr2j	figs-rpronouns	λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ	1	Let them come themselves
1643	ACT	16	38	ym2u	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν ... ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν	1	when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid	To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1644	ACT	16	40	q59h			0	General Information:
1645	ACT	16	40	y14i	writing-endofstory		0		This is the end of Paul and Silas' time in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
1646	ACT	16	40	t1pf	figs-go	εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν	1	came to the house
1647	ACT	16	40	ylk9		τὴν Λυδίαν	1	the house of Lydia
1648	ACT	16	40	ntc9	figs-gendernotations	ἰδόντες	1	saw the brothers
1649	ACT	17	intro	gj4c			0
1650	ACT	17	1	q9x4			0	General Information:
1651	ACT	17	1	r3qb			0	Connecting Statement:
1652	ACT	17	1	e4w5		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story.
1653	ACT	17	1	b7np		διοδεύσαντες	1	passed through
1654	ACT	17	1	kll1	translate-names	τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν	1	cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia	These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1655	ACT	17	1	yj66	figs-go	ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην	1	they came to the city
1656	ACT	17	2	vbf2		κατὰ ... τὸ εἰωθὸς	1	as his custom was
1657	ACT	17	2	bt5e		ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία	1	for three Sabbath days
1658	ACT	17	2	wp3k	figs-explicit	διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν	1	reasoned with them from the scriptures	Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1659	ACT	17	2	qf4t		διελέξατο αὐτοῖς	1	reasoned with them
1660	ACT	17	3	e85n			0	General Information:
1661	ACT	17	3	ir9q	figs-metaphor	διανοίγων	1	He was opening the scriptures	Possible meanings are 1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it) or 2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1662	ACT	17	3	he78		ἔδει	1	it was necessary
1663	ACT	17	3	ipb2		ἀναστῆναι	1	to rise again
1664	ACT	17	3	b9qi		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
1665	ACT	17	4	es2u	figs-activepassive	αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν	1	the Jews were persuaded
1666	ACT	17	4	nyp2		προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ	1	joined Paul
1667	ACT	17	4	t21z		σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων	1	devout Greeks	This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision.
1668	ACT	17	4	ye8v	figs-litotes	γυναικῶν ... τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι	1	not a few of the leading women
1669	ACT	17	5	nuh6			0	General Information:
1670	ACT	17	5	uj43	figs-metaphor	ζηλώσαντες	1	being moved with jealousy
1671	ACT	17	5	vev6	figs-explicit	ζηλώσαντες	1	with jealousy	It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul's message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1672	ACT	17	5	btw6		προσλαβόμενοι ... ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς	1	took certain wicked men
1673	ACT	17	5	lc6g		ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς	1	certain wicked men
1674	ACT	17	5	ie1f		τῶν ἀγοραίων	1	from the marketplace
1675	ACT	17	5	t3bc	figs-metonymy	ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν	1	set the city in an uproar
1676	ACT	17	5	s3uv		ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	Assaulting the house
1677	ACT	17	5	ks2l	translate-names	Ἰάσονος	1	Jason	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1678	ACT	17	5	pp7k		προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον	1	out to the people
1679	ACT	17	6	i79p		τινας ἀδελφοὺς	1	certain other brothers
1680	ACT	17	6	e44z		ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας	1	before the officials
1681	ACT	17	6	g7xj		οἱ ... ἀναστατώσαντες, οὗτοι	1	These men who have
1682	ACT	17	6	c2av	figs-hyperbole	τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες	1	turned the world upside down
1683	ACT	17	7	hlc9		ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων	1	Jason has welcomed	This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles' troubling message.
1684	ACT	17	8	th2f		ἐτάραξαν	1	were disturbed
1685	ACT	17	9	ya44		λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν	1	made Jason and the rest pay money as security	Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior.
1686	ACT	17	9	bj48		τῶν λοιπῶν	1	the rest
1687	ACT	17	9	aru6		ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς	1	they let them go
1688	ACT	17	10	na8h			0	General Information:	Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea.
1689	ACT	17	10	qy5c	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ... ἀδελφοὶ	1	the brothers
1690	ACT	17	11	k2st	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now
1691	ACT	17	11	gu6s		οὗτοι ... ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι	1	these people were more noble
1692	ACT	17	11	hle3	figs-metonymy	ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον	1	received the word
1693	ACT	17	11	uh8a		μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας	1	with all readiness of mind	These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul's teachings about the scripture.
1694	ACT	17	11	lzm3		καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς	1	examining the scriptures daily
1695	ACT	17	11	g8an		ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως	1	these things were so
1696	ACT	17	13	vn8h	translate-names		0	General Information:	Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1697	ACT	17	13	asb4	figs-metaphor	ἦλθον κἀκεῖ, σαλεύοντες	1	went there and stirred up
1698	ACT	17	13	wjq3		ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους	1	troubled the crowds
1699	ACT	17	14	ael8	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers
1700	ACT	17	14	zw1c		πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	to go to the sea
1701	ACT	17	15	tjh5		καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον	1	who were leading Paul
1702	ACT	17	15	gs1p	figs-quotations	λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον	1	they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy
1703	ACT	17	16	wk63			0	General Information:	This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas' travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him.
1704	ACT	17	16	y9cr		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
1705	ACT	17	16	we78	figs-synecdoche	παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν	1	his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols
1706	ACT	17	17	q8px		διελέγετο	1	he reasoned
1707	ACT	17	17	jkj8		τοῖς σεβομένοις	1	others who worshiped God	This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws.
1708	ACT	17	17	ec14		ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ	1	in the marketplace
1709	ACT	17	18	ru6a			0	General Information:
1710	ACT	17	18	l7le	translate-names	Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων	1	Epicurean and Stoic philosophers	These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1711	ACT	17	18	f976	translate-names	Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων	1	Stoic philosophers	These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1712	ACT	17	18	tjk6		συνέβαλλον αὐτῷ	1	encountered him
1713	ACT	17	18	dnj8		τινες ἔλεγον	1	Some said
1714	ACT	17	18	g4bv	figs-metaphor	τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος	1	What is this babbler
1715	ACT	17	18	k2ps		οἱ	1	Others said
1716	ACT	17	18	l41t		δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς	1	He seems to be one who calls people to follow
1717	ACT	17	18	sx9t		ξένων δαιμονίων	1	strange gods
1718	ACT	17	19	fs5g	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
1719	ACT	17	19	mv8c		ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον ἤγαγο	1	They took ... brought him	This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders.
1720	ACT	17	19	b56g	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον	1	to the Areopagus
1721	ACT	17	19	ze7e		τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον ... λέγοντες	1	the Areopagus, saying
1722	ACT	17	19	unc8	translate-names	Ἄρειον Πάγον	1	Areopagus	This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1723	ACT	17	20	lay8	figs-metaphor	ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν	1	For you bring some strange things to our ears
1724	ACT	17	21	dn1t	figs-hyperbole	Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι	1	Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there
1725	ACT	17	21	d8yb	translate-names	Ἀθηναῖοι ... πάντες	1	all the Athenians
1726	ACT	17	21	m8u1		οἱ ... ξένοι	1	the strangers
1727	ACT	17	21	sk5b	figs-metaphor	εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν	1	spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening
1728	ACT	17	21	ij4e	figs-hyperbole	εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν	1	spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening
1729	ACT	17	21	wr1r		λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον	1	telling or listening about something new
1730	ACT	17	22	zq3y			0	General Information:	Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.
1731	ACT	17	22	ja1k		κατὰ πάντα ... δεισιδαιμονεστέρους	1	very religious in every way	Paul is referring to the Athenians' public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
1732	ACT	17	23	gn1j		διερχόμενος γὰρ	1	For as I passed along
1733	ACT	17	23	cem7		ἀγνώστῳ‘ Θεῷ	1	To an Unknown God
1734	ACT	17	24	m1jm		τὸν κόσμον	1	the world
1735	ACT	17	24	rqk9		οὗτος ... ὑπάρχων Κύριος	1	since he is Lord
1736	ACT	17	24	f2mz	figs-merism	οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς	1	of heaven and earth
1737	ACT	17	24	ju4h	figs-synecdoche	χειροποιήτοις	1	built with hands
1738	ACT	17	25	e3dg	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται	1	Neither is he served by men's hands
1739	ACT	17	25	yq68	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων	1	by men's hands
1740	ACT	17	25	sj89	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς διδοὺς	1	since he himself
1741	ACT	17	26	r3lt	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
1742	ACT	17	26	p1e4		ἑνὸς	1	one man
1743	ACT	17	26	js4p		ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν	1	having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their living areas
1744	ACT	17	27	jae5	figs-metaphor	ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν	1	so that they should search for God and perhaps they may feel their way toward him and find him
1745	ACT	17	27	p8hk	figs-litotes	καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα	1	Yet he is not far from each one of us
1746	ACT	17	28	tkd3	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
1747	ACT	17	28	cbd9		ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ	1	For in him
1748	ACT	17	29	k9ws	figs-metaphor	γένος ... ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	are God's offspring	Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God's literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1749	ACT	17	29	czi9	figs-metonymy	τὸ θεῖον	1	qualities of deity
1750	ACT	17	29	q4q2	figs-activepassive	χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου	1	images created by the art and imagination of man
1751	ACT	17	30	y2u8			0	General Information:
1752	ACT	17	30	zj28			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes his speech to the philosophers in the Areopagus, which he began in Acts 17:22.
1753	ACT	17	30	suh6		οὖν	1	Therefore
1754	ACT	17	30	iva4		χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ Θεὸς	1	God overlooked the times of ignorance
1755	ACT	17	30	h8uy		χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας	1	times of ignorance	This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God.
1756	ACT	17	30	qim5	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας	1	all men
1757	ACT	17	31	htp7		ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν	1	when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has chosen
1758	ACT	17	31	jt3a	figs-metonymy	μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	he will judge the world
1759	ACT	17	31	i9aw		ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ	1	in righteousness
1760	ACT	17	31	l61p		πίστιν παρασχὼν	1	God has given proof of this man
1761	ACT	17	31	ulr4		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
1762	ACT	17	32	tc8t	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
1763	ACT	17	32	c4sm	writing-endofstory		0		This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
1764	ACT	17	32	nb26		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke shifts from Paul's teachings to the reaction of the people of Athens.
1765	ACT	17	32	jlm5		ἀκούσαντες	1	when they heard of	These are the people who were present at the Areopagus listening to Paul.
1766	ACT	17	32	sn6j		οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον	1	some mocked Paul
1767	ACT	17	34	psh8	translate-names	Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης	1	Dionysius the Areopagite	Dionysius is a man's name. Areopagite implies that Dionysius was one of the judges at the council of Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1768	ACT	17	34	hsz3	translate-names	Δάμαρις	1	Damaris	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1769	ACT	18	intro	rky6			0		Acts 18 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The baptism of John Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
1770	ACT	18	1	jat1	writing-background		0	General Information:	Aquila and Priscilla are introduced to the story and verses 2 and 3 give background information about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1771	ACT	18	1	qa9b			0	Connecting Statement:	This is another part of the story of Paul's travels as he goes to Corinth.
1772	ACT	18	1	fky7		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things
1773	ACT	18	1	h2si		ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν	1	Athens	Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in Acts 17:15.
1774	ACT	18	2	d9zx		καὶ εὑρών	1	There he met	Possible meanings are that 1) Paul happened to find by chance or 2) Paul intentionally found.
1775	ACT	18	2	hm16	writing-participants	τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν	1	a Jew named Aquila
1776	ACT	18	2	y97p	translate-names	Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει	1	a native of Pontus	Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1777	ACT	18	2	q4va		προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα	1	had recently come	This is probably sometime in the past year.
1778	ACT	18	2	n631	translate-names	τῆς Ἰταλίας	1	Italy	This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1779	ACT	18	2	n95f		τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον	1	Claudius had commanded	Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in Acts 11:28.
1780	ACT	18	3	q259		τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι	1	he worked at the same trade
1781	ACT	18	4	r56h			0	General Information:	Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul.
1782	ACT	18	4	h3az		διελέγετο δὲ	1	So Paul reasoned
1783	ACT	18	4	r2gp		ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας	1	He persuaded both Jews and Greeks
1784	ACT	18	5	d191	figs-activepassive	συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ ὁ Παῦλος	1	Paul devoted himself to the word
1785	ACT	18	6	ncx8	translate-symaction	ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια	1	shook out his garment	This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God's judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1786	ACT	18	6	z12a	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν	1	May your blood be upon your own heads
1787	ACT	18	7	cd3u			0	General Information:
1788	ACT	18	7	vs6y	translate-names	Τιτίου Ἰούστου	1	Titius Justus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1789	ACT	18	7	v8xg		σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν	1	worshiped God	A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws.
1790	ACT	18	8	lj2t	translate-names	Κρίσπος	1	Crispus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1791	ACT	18	8	kkk9		ἀρχισυνάγωγος	1	leader of the synagogue	a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, not necessarily the teacher
1792	ACT	18	8	uaq5	figs-metonymy	ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ	1	all those who lived in his house
1793	ACT	18	8	t3np	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were baptized
1794	ACT	18	9	ws7p	figs-parallelism	μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς	1	Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent
1795	ACT	18	9	zg8a	figs-doublet	λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς	1	speak and do not be silent
1796	ACT	18	9	a529	figs-explicit	μὴ σιωπήσῃς	1	do not be silent
1797	ACT	18	10	a8lq		λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ	1	I have many people in this city
1798	ACT	18	11	mqx2	writing-endofstory	ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Paul lived there ... teaching the word of God among them
1799	ACT	18	12	f41k	translate-names		0	General Information:	Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1800	ACT	18	12	b5bf			0	Connecting Statement:	The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio.
1801	ACT	18	12	se8m	translate-names	Γαλλίωνος	1	Gallio	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1802	ACT	18	12	j762	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	This stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1803	ACT	18	12	lp79		κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	rose up together
1804	ACT	18	12	u36c	figs-metonymy	ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα	1	brought him before the judgment seat
1805	ACT	18	14	d13b		εἶπεν ὁ Γαλλίων	1	Gallio said	Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province.
1806	ACT	18	15	y6mt		νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς	1	your own law
1807	ACT	18	15	khr5		κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι	1	I do not wish to be a judge of these matters
1808	ACT	18	16	yf81			0	General Information:
1809	ACT	18	16	d6nh	figs-metonymy	ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος	1	Gallio made them leave the judgment seat
1810	ACT	18	17	cyk6	figs-hyperbole	ἐπιλαβόμενοι ... πάντες	1	they all seized
1811	ACT	18	17	mj77		ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος	1	So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat	Possible meanings are 1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or 2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
1812	ACT	18	17	x9w5	translate-names	Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον	1	Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue
1813	ACT	18	17	z9fv		ἔτυπτον	1	beat him
1814	ACT	18	18	x25w	translate-names		0	General Information:
1815	ACT	18	18	ura9			0	Connecting Statement:
1816	ACT	18	18	et8c	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος	1	left the brothers
1817	ACT	18	18	v5kl		ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας	1	sailed for Syria with Priscilla and Aquila	Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
1818	ACT	18	18	kq6f	translate-symaction	Κειράμενος ... τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν	1	he had his hair cut off because of a vow he had taken
1819	ACT	18	19	st93		διελέξατο τοῖς	1	reasoned with
1820	ACT	18	20	u44s			0	General Information:
1821	ACT	18	21	iz1u		ἀποταξάμενος	1	taking his leave of them
1822	ACT	18	22	pr6u			0	General Information:	Phrygia is a province in Asia which is now modern day Turkey. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10.
1823	ACT	18	22	p364			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues his missionary journey.
1824	ACT	18	22	gyy4		κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν	1	landed at Caesarea
1825	ACT	18	22	r26z		ἀναβὰς	1	he went up
1826	ACT	18	22	q9j6	figs-metonymy	ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	greeted the Jerusalem church
1827	ACT	18	22	n3rh		κατέβη	1	then went down
1828	ACT	18	23	pww5		ἐξῆλθεν	1	Paul departed
1829	ACT	18	23	h65j	figs-metaphor	καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ	1	After having spent some time there
1830	ACT	18	24	a7p9	writing-background		0	General Information:	Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1831	ACT	18	24	muc2			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila.
1832	ACT	18	24	xqy7		δέ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line.
1833	ACT	18	24	n2b4	writing-participants	Ἰουδαῖος ... τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι	1	a certain Jew named Apollos
1834	ACT	18	24	di14	translate-names	Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει	1	an Alexandrian by birth
1835	ACT	18	24	t4zi		λόγιος	1	eloquent in speech
1836	ACT	18	24	bh25		δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς	1	mighty in the scriptures
1837	ACT	18	25	z7a8	figs-activepassive	οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	Apollos had been instructed in the teachings of the Lord
1838	ACT	18	25	ift8	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι	1	Being fervent in spirit
1839	ACT	18	25	lr1h		τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	the baptism of John
1840	ACT	18	26	ga6v	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the way of God	How God wants people to live is spoken of as if it were a road that a person travels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1841	ACT	18	26	k1lb		ἀκριβέστερον	1	more accurately
1842	ACT	18	27	c2sq			0	General Information:
1843	ACT	18	27	ll36		διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν	1	to pass over into Achaia
1844	ACT	18	27	pql7		τὴν Ἀχαΐαν	1	Achaia	Achaia was a Roman Province in the southern section of Greece. See how you translated this in Acts 18:12.
1845	ACT	18	27	v2i6	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers
1846	ACT	18	27	q5f2		ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς	1	wrote to the disciples
1847	ACT	18	27	f99p		τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος	1	those who believed by grace
1848	ACT	18	28	l2zt		εὐτόνως ... τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ	1	Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate
1849	ACT	18	28	v4sx		ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν, Ἰησοῦν	1	showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ
1850	ACT	19	intro	g38y			0		Acts 19 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Baptism John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus' followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus. Temple of Diana The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.
1851	ACT	19	1	rhv1			0	General Information:
1852	ACT	19	1	wu6p			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul travels to Ephesus.
1853	ACT	19	1	lp23		ἐγένετο δὲ	1	It came about that	This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1854	ACT	19	1	ati9		διελθόντα	1	passed through
1855	ACT	19	2	wqi4		Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε	1	receive the Holy Spirit	This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
1856	ACT	19	2	nvn4		οὐδ’ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν	1	we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit
1857	ACT	19	3	hml1			0	General Information:
1858	ACT	19	3	mrm6	figs-activepassive	εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε	1	Into what then were you baptized?
1859	ACT	19	3	jzp7	figs-ellipsis	οὐδ’ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν	1	Into John's baptism
1860	ACT	19	4	r46y	figs-abstractnouns	βάπτισμα μετανοίας	1	the baptism of repentance
1861	ACT	19	4	pv7t		τὸν ἐρχόμενον	1	the one who would come
1862	ACT	19	4	q5fh		τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν	1	come after him	This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically.
1863	ACT	19	5	zx2b			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues staying in Ephesus.
1864	ACT	19	5	k9st		ἀκούσαντες δὲ	1	When the people
1865	ACT	19	5	ueh1	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθησαν	1	they were baptized
1866	ACT	19	5	g2dm	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of the Lord Jesus
1867	ACT	19	6	gk8l		ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρας	1	laid his hands on them
1868	ACT	19	6	j4n8		ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ ἐπροφήτευον	1	they spoke in other languages and prophesied	Unlike in Acts 2:3-4, there are no details of who understood their messages.
1869	ACT	19	7	e7kj	writing-background	ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα	1	In all they were about twelve men	This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1870	ACT	19	7	u71i	translate-numbers	ἄνδρες ... δώδεκα	1	twelve men
1871	ACT	19	8	qv8z		εἰσελθὼν ... εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν, ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς	1	Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months
1872	ACT	19	8	yky2		διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων	1	reasoning and persuading them
1873	ACT	19	8	v8et	figs-metonymy	περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	about the kingdom of God
1874	ACT	19	9	mq1g	figs-metaphor	τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν	1	some Jews were hardened and disobedient
1875	ACT	19	9	n6ir	figs-metaphor	κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους	1	to speak evil of the Way before the crowd
1876	ACT	19	9	ts8d		κακολογοῦντες	1	to speak evil of
1877	ACT	19	9	xsm6		ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου	1	in the lecture hall of Tyrannus
1878	ACT	19	9	den4	translate-names	Τυράννου	1	Tyrannus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1879	ACT	19	10	cw5g	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	all who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord
1880	ACT	19	10	kj12	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord
1881	ACT	19	11	cb6w			0	General Information:
1882	ACT	19	11	fa6h	figs-synecdoche	δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας, ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίει διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου	1	God was doing mighty deeds by the hands of Paul
1883	ACT	19	12	m3kl		καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ	1	even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and
1884	ACT	19	12	vc1v		καὶ ... ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια	1	even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him	Possible meanings are 1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or 2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
1885	ACT	19	12	aks4		σουδάρια	1	handkerchiefs	cloths worn around the head
1886	ACT	19	12	xs31		σιμικίνθια	1	aprons	clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people
1887	ACT	19	12	kw9z	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας	1	the sick
1888	ACT	19	12	nl3a		ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους	1	their illnesses left them
1889	ACT	19	13	he2x			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists.
1890	ACT	19	13	fgq4		ἐξορκιστῶν	1	exorcists	people who send evil spirits away from people or places
1891	ACT	19	13	s12u	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	the name of the Lord Jesus
1892	ACT	19	13	d59p		τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει	1	By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims
1893	ACT	19	13	vqt1	figs-metonymy	τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	By the Jesus
1894	ACT	19	14	cb8p	translate-names	Σκευᾶ	1	Sceva	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1895	ACT	19	15	i4a2		τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι	1	Jesus I know, and Paul I know
1896	ACT	19	15	nsl1	figs-rquestion	ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ	1	but who are you?
1897	ACT	19	16	ty4x		φαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ..., ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν	1	The evil spirit in the man leaped	This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.
1898	ACT	19	16	lu7u		αὐτοὺς	1	exorcists	This refers to people who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in Acts 19:13.
1899	ACT	19	16	b8cb		γυμνοὺς ... ἐκφυγεῖν	1	they fled ... naked	The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them.
1900	ACT	19	17	j85h	figs-activepassive	ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	the name of the Lord Jesus was honored
1901	ACT	19	17	j2hh	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα	1	the name	This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1902	ACT	19	18	tj8t	writing-endofstory		0		This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
1903	ACT	19	19	z9rj		συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους	1	brought their books
1904	ACT	19	19	m6nf		ἐνώπιον πάντων	1	in the sight of everyone
1905	ACT	19	19	upz3		τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν	1	the value of them
1906	ACT	19	19	u9pi	translate-numbers	μυριάδας πέντε	1	fifty thousand
1907	ACT	19	19	bcv2	translate-bmoney	ἀργυρίου	1	pieces of silver
1908	ACT	19	20	es71	figs-synecdoche	οὕτως κατὰ κράτος τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν	1	So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways
1909	ACT	19	21	k1j1			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet.
1910	ACT	19	21	de4f		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
1911	ACT	19	21	q18b		ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα ... ὁ Παῦλος	1	Paul completed his ministry in Ephesus
1912	ACT	19	21	fgq5		ἔθετο ... ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	he decided in the Spirit	Possible meanings are 1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or 2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.
1913	ACT	19	21	brb7		Ἀχαΐαν	1	Achaia	Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in Acts 18:12.
1914	ACT	19	21	rdz4		δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν	1	I must also see Rome
1915	ACT	19	22	cy6f	translate-names	Ἔραστον	1	Erastus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1916	ACT	19	22	k35j	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν	1	But he himself stayed in Asia for a while	It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1917	ACT	19	22	uy9x	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς	1	he himself	This is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1918	ACT	19	23	y5ae	writing-background		0	General Information:
1919	ACT	19	23	l7gz			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus.
1920	ACT	19	23	kn49		ἐγένετο ... τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ	1	there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way	This is a summary opening statement.
1921	ACT	19	23	nb3p		ἐγένετο ... τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος	1	there was no small disturbance
1922	ACT	19	23	rwf2		τῆς ὁδοῦ	1	the Way	This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in Acts 9:1.
1923	ACT	19	24	cg16	writing-participants	Δημήτριος ... τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος	1	A certain silversmith named Demetrius
1924	ACT	19	24	nwt7		ἀργυροκόπος	1	silversmith	a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry
1925	ACT	19	24	v8cb	translate-names	Δημήτριος ... ὀνόματι	1	named Demetrius	This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1926	ACT	19	24	p58m		παρείχετο ... οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν	1	brought in much business
1927	ACT	19	25	kuz6		τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας	1	the workmen of that occupation
1928	ACT	19	26	w5z6			0	Connecting Statement:	Demetrius continues to speak to the craftsmen.
1929	ACT	19	26	rm6w		θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι	1	You see and hear that
1930	ACT	19	26	rx32	figs-metaphor	μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον	1	turned away many people
1931	ACT	19	26	z7e7	figs-ellipsis	λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ, οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι	1	He is saying that there are no gods that are made with hands
1932	ACT	19	27	r1w2	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν, τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν	1	that our trade will no longer be needed
1933	ACT	19	27	j3bb	figs-activepassive	τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι	1	the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered worthless
1934	ACT	19	27	bqt4		μέλλειν τε καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῆς	1	she would even lose her greatness	Artemis's greatness only comes from what people think of her.
1935	ACT	19	27	hz7l	figs-hyperbole	ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται	1	whom all Asia and the world worships
1936	ACT	19	28	t4lm			0	General Information:
1937	ACT	19	28	uc5c	figs-metaphor	γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ	1	they were filled with anger
1938	ACT	19	28	lcx8		ἔκραζον	1	cried out
1939	ACT	19	29	t7xs	figs-metonymy	ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως	1	The whole city was filled with confusion
1940	ACT	19	29	nt7y		ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	the people rushed together	This was a mob or near riot situation.
1941	ACT	19	29	ej3q		εἰς τὸ θέατρον	1	into the theater	The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
1942	ACT	19	29	hjc8		συνεκδήμους Παύλου	1	Paul's travel companions	The men who had been with Paul.
1943	ACT	19	29	d6r9	translate-names	Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον	1	Gaius and Aristarchus	These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1944	ACT	19	30	ii1u			0	General Information:	Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia.
1945	ACT	19	31	z7ww		δοῦναι ... εἰς τὸ θέατρον	1	enter the theater
1946	ACT	19	33	jr85	translate-names	Ἀλέξανδρον	1	Alexander	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1947	ACT	19	33	j1mi	figs-explicit	κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα	1	motioned with his hand
1948	ACT	19	33	tlq7		ἀπολογεῖσθαι	1	to give a defense
1949	ACT	19	34	u1hp	figs-metaphor	φωνὴ ... μία	1	with one voice
1950	ACT	19	35	fm3m	figs-you		0	General Information:
1951	ACT	19	35	pu96			0	Connecting Statement:	The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd.
1952	ACT	19	35	sy9m		ὁ γραμματεὺς	1	the town clerk
1953	ACT	19	35	sd3s	figs-rquestion	τίς ... ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦ	1	what man is there who does not know that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper ... heaven?
1954	ACT	19	35	k8dy	figs-litotes	ὃς οὐ γινώσκει	1	who does not know
1955	ACT	19	35	hiw3		νεωκόρον	1	temple keeper	The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis.
1956	ACT	19	35	afd1		τοῦ διοπετοῦς	1	the image which fell down from heaven	Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols).
1957	ACT	19	36	r8cf		ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων	1	Seeing then that these things are undeniable
1958	ACT	19	36	xj2n		μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν	1	do nothing rash
1959	ACT	19	36	s67q		προπετὲς	1	rash	without careful thought
1960	ACT	19	37	s8a9		τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους	1	these men
1961	ACT	19	38	wgv5			0	Connecting Statement:	The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd.
1962	ACT	19	38	qd4s		οὖν	1	Therefore
1963	ACT	19	38	zkx5	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον	1	have an accusation against anyone
1964	ACT	19	38	szf7	translate-unknown	ἀνθύπατοί	1	proconsuls	the Roman governor's representatives who made legal decisions in court (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1965	ACT	19	38	g8tp		ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις	1	Let them accuse one another
1966	ACT	19	39	hxh3		εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε	1	But if you seek anything about other matters
1967	ACT	19	39	wga5	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται	1	it shall be settled in the regular assembly
1968	ACT	19	39	et5j		τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	the regular assembly	This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided.
1969	ACT	19	40	sds7	figs-activepassive	κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον	1	in danger of being accused concerning this day's riot
1970	ACT	20	intro	u91c			0
1971	ACT	20	1	cwq7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels.
1972	ACT	20	1	y5cq		μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι	1	After the uproar
1973	ACT	20	1	hr32		ἀσπασάμενος	1	he said farewell
1974	ACT	20	2	edb8		παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ	1	spoken many words of encouragement to them
1975	ACT	20	3	yxj3	figs-metaphor	ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς	1	After he had spent three months there
1976	ACT	20	3	cit9	figs-activepassive	γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	a plot was formed against him by the Jews
1977	ACT	20	3	ah5w	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	by the Jews
1978	ACT	20	3	m7na		μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν	1	as he was about to sail for Syria
1979	ACT	20	4	y35x	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
1980	ACT	20	4	c9et		συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ	1	Accompanying him
1981	ACT	20	4	dw6j	translate-names	Σώπατρος ... Πύρρου ... Σεκοῦνδος, ... Τυχικὸς ... Τρόφιμος	1	Sopater ... Pyrrhus ... Secundus ... Tychicus ... Trophimus	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1982	ACT	20	4	w4n1	translate-names	Βεροιαῖος ... Δερβαῖος	1	Berea ... Derbe	These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1983	ACT	20	4	w8j6		Ἀρίσταρχος ... Γάϊος	1	Aristarchus ... Gaius	These are names of men. See how you translated these names in Acts 19:29.
1984	ACT	20	5	itz1	translate-names	Τρῳάδι	1	Troas	This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1985	ACT	20	5	kv8t		οὗτοι ... προσελθόντες	1	these men had gone before us
1986	ACT	20	6	l5dr		τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the days of unleavened bread	This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in Acts 12:3.
1987	ACT	20	7	dnt4	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
1988	ACT	20	7	mbr8			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke tells about Paul's preaching in Troas and about what happened to Eutychus.
1989	ACT	20	7	zff8	figs-synecdoche	κλάσαι ἄρτον	1	to break bread
1990	ACT	20	7	j888		παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον	1	he kept speaking
1991	ACT	20	8	ak8z		ὑπερῴῳ	1	upper room	This may have been the third floor house.
1992	ACT	20	9	hw7b			0	General Information:
1993	ACT	20	9	v5q7		ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος	1	In the window	This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough on which a person could sit.
1994	ACT	20	9	ju64	translate-names	Εὔτυχος	1	Eutychus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1995	ACT	20	9	tsp4	figs-metaphor	καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ	1	who fell into a deep sleep
1996	ACT	20	9	jp89	figs-activepassive	τριστέγου ... καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός	1	third story and was picked up dead
1997	ACT	20	9	kh3h		τριστέγου	1	third story
1998	ACT	20	11	av7m			0	General Information:
1999	ACT	20	11	lih8			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story about Paul's preaching at Troas and about Eutychus.
2000	ACT	20	11	w5w8	figs-synecdoche	κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον	1	broke bread
2001	ACT	20	11	t88c		οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν	1	he left
2002	ACT	20	12	jkj5		τὸν παῖδα	1	the boy
2003	ACT	20	13	dja7	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2004	ACT	20	13	awt9			0	Connecting Statement:	The writer Luke, Paul, and his other companions continue their travels; however, Paul goes separately for part of the trip.
2005	ACT	20	13	w4ew	figs-rpronouns	ἡμεῖς ... προελθόντες	1	We ourselves went
2006	ACT	20	13	q4yz	translate-names	ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἆσσον	1	sailed away to Assos	Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2007	ACT	20	13	nq2q	figs-rpronouns	διατεταγμένος	1	he himself desired	Himself is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
2008	ACT	20	13	p8y7		πεζεύειν	1	to go by land
2009	ACT	20	14	ju8f	translate-names	ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην	1	went to Mitylene	Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2010	ACT	20	15	ll2h	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2011	ACT	20	15	e6va		ἄντικρυς Χίου	1	opposite the island
2012	ACT	20	15	ulk6	translate-names	Χίου	1	the island of Chios	Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2013	ACT	20	15	jyr7		παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον	1	we touched at the island of Samos
2014	ACT	20	15	b6c6	translate-names	Σάμον	1	island of Samos	Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2015	ACT	20	15	s7g2	translate-names	Μίλητον	1	the city of Miletus	Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2016	ACT	20	16	p272	translate-names	κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον	1	For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus	Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2017	ACT	20	16	p61e	figs-metaphor	ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι	1	so that he would not spend any time
2018	ACT	20	17	nw52	figs-inclusive		0	General Information:
2019	ACT	20	17	v9al			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them.
2020	ACT	20	17	l9aj	translate-names	τῆς Μιλήτου	1	Miletus	Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in Acts 20:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2021	ACT	20	18	b6li	figs-rpronouns	ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves
2022	ACT	20	18	vw6n	figs-synecdoche	ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν	1	I set foot in Asia
2023	ACT	20	18	t7zs	figs-metaphor	πῶς μεθ’ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην	1	how I always spent my time with you
2024	ACT	20	19	m8x9	figs-metaphor	ταπεινοφροσύνης	1	lowliness of mind
2025	ACT	20	19	wh5m	figs-metonymy	δακρύων	1	with tears
2026	ACT	20	19	e6k7		πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι	1	in sufferings that happened to me
2027	ACT	20	19	y5iw	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	of the Jews
2028	ACT	20	20	nu7h		ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην ... τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν	1	You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you
2029	ACT	20	20	kut9	figs-ellipsis	κατ’ οἴκους	1	from house to house
2030	ACT	20	21	w7mv	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν	1	about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus
2031	ACT	20	22	ty3b			0	General Information:
2032	ACT	20	22	vam4	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος ... τῷ Πνεύματι	1	compelled by the Spirit
2033	ACT	20	22	a9j1		τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς	1	not knowing what will happen to me there
2034	ACT	20	23	q3ie	figs-metonymy	δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν	1	chains and sufferings await me
2035	ACT	20	24	w8d2	figs-metaphor	ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus
2036	ACT	20	24	m5gc	figs-metaphor	τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον	1	finish the race	Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2037	ACT	20	24	hg3l		διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to testify to the gospel of the grace of God
2038	ACT	20	25	f1sb			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders (Acts 20:17).
2039	ACT	20	25	kj9c		καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ οἶδα	1	Now look, I know
2040	ACT	20	25	z4ng		ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι ... ὑμεῖς πάντες	1	I know that you all
2041	ACT	20	25	aur9	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν	1	among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom
2042	ACT	20	25	cq45	figs-synecdoche	οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου	1	will see my face no more
2043	ACT	20	26	e546	figs-metonymy	καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων	1	I am innocent of the blood of any man
2044	ACT	20	26	v5el	figs-gendernotations	πάντων	1	any man
2045	ACT	20	27	qa9y	figs-litotes	οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ... ὑμῖν	1	For I did not hold back from declaring to you
2046	ACT	20	28	u52d	figs-metaphor	τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God
2047	ACT	20	28	cx69	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου	1	the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood
2048	ACT	20	28	hjh6	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου	1	his own blood
2049	ACT	20	29	ka6u	figs-metaphor	εἰσελεύσονται ... λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου	1	vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock
2050	ACT	20	30	ftf4	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶ	1	in order to draw away the disciples after them
2051	ACT	20	31	q2nl		γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες	1	be on guard. Remember
2052	ACT	20	31	ll64	figs-metaphor	γρηγορεῖτε	1	be on guard
2053	ACT	20	31	pvt6		μνημονεύοντες ὅτι	1	Remember that
2054	ACT	20	31	rt1h	figs-hyperbole	τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην ... νουθετῶν	1	for three years I did not stop instructing ... night and day	Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2055	ACT	20	31	hs1m		οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην ... νουθετῶν	1	I did not stop instructing
2056	ACT	20	31	rvh6	figs-metonymy	μετὰ δακρύων	1	with tears
2057	ACT	20	32	ylm3	figs-metonymy	παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ	1	I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace
2058	ACT	20	32	vnb2		παρατίθεμαι	1	entrust	to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something
2059	ACT	20	32	s7rf	figs-metaphor	τῷ... δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι	1	which is able to build you up
2060	ACT	20	32	zvz8	figs-personification	δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν	1	to give you the inheritance
2061	ACT	20	32	x5jy	figs-metaphor	τὴν κληρονομίαν	1	the inheritance	The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2062	ACT	20	33	y6ii			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in Acts 20:18.
2063	ACT	20	33	yw8a		ἀργυρίου ... οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα	1	I coveted no man's silver
2064	ACT	20	33	ipq5		ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς	1	man's silver, gold, or clothing	Clothing was considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.
2065	ACT	20	34	f5a3	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ	1	You yourselves
2066	ACT	20	34	ja5v	figs-synecdoche	ταῖς χρείαις μου ... ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται	1	these hands served my own needs
2067	ACT	20	35	wn8j		κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων	1	you should help the weak by working
2068	ACT	20	35	p3n8	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀσθενούντων	1	the weak
2069	ACT	20	35	dpu1		ἀσθενούντων	1	weak	sick
2070	ACT	20	35	ps2i	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	the words of the Lord Jesus
2071	ACT	20	35	e396		μακάριόν‘ ἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν	1	It is more blessed to give than to receive	This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
2072	ACT	20	36	q6bs			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them.
2073	ACT	20	36	u3uc	translate-symaction	θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ ... προσηύξατο	1	he knelt down and prayed	It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2074	ACT	20	37	pb4r		ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου	1	embraced Paul
2075	ACT	20	37	sze4		κατεφίλουν αὐτόν	1	kissed him	Kissing someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East.
2076	ACT	20	38	bs3s	figs-synecdoche	οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν	1	they would never see his face again
2077	ACT	21	intro	gh1j			0
2078	ACT	21	1	s3h3	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2079	ACT	21	1	i6f8			0	Connecting Statement:	The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels.
2080	ACT	21	1	zz5h		εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶ	1	we took a straight course to the city of Cos
2081	ACT	21	1	e5y6	translate-names	Κῶ	1	city of Cos	Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2082	ACT	21	1	p6ss	translate-names	Ῥόδον	1	city of Rhodes	Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2083	ACT	21	1	x7kg	translate-names	Πάταρα	1	city of Patara	Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2084	ACT	21	2	nz9k	figs-metonymy	καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην	1	When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia
2085	ACT	21	2	vbd3		πλοῖον διαπερῶν	1	a ship crossing over
2086	ACT	21	3	er3r	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2087	ACT	21	3	vkr2		καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον	1	leaving it on the left side of the boat
2088	ACT	21	3	hwx8	figs-metonymy	ἐκεῖσε ... τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον	1	where the ship was to unload its cargo
2089	ACT	21	4	y35m		οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	Through the Spirit they kept urging Paul
2090	ACT	21	5	fe1u			0	General Information:
2091	ACT	21	5	a5wj	figs-metaphor	ὅτε ... ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας	1	When our days there were over
2092	ACT	21	5	q8xl	translate-symaction	θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι	1	knelt down on the beach, prayed	It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2093	ACT	21	6	ja1x		ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους	1	said farewell to each other
2094	ACT	21	7	hy6e	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2095	ACT	21	7	kt6u			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins Paul's time in Caesarea.
2096	ACT	21	7	z4nt	translate-names	κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Πτολεμαΐδα	1	we arrived at Ptolemais	Ptolemaic was a city south of Tyre, Lebanon. Ptolemaic is modern day Acre, Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2097	ACT	21	7	ff1s		τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers
2098	ACT	21	8	ay52		ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ	1	one of the seven
2099	ACT	21	8	vi48		εὐαγγελιστοῦ	1	evangelist	a person who tells people good news
2100	ACT	21	9	rcf4		τούτῳ	1	this man
2101	ACT	21	9	cv8b	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about Philip and his daughters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2102	ACT	21	9	r1i1		θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι, προφητεύουσαι	1	four virgin daughters who prophesied
2103	ACT	21	10	fe6s	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2104	ACT	21	10	hx8k			0	Connecting Statement:	This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus.
2105	ACT	21	10	n3i8	writing-participants	τις ... προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος	1	a certain prophet named Agabus	This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2106	ACT	21	10	f9cb	translate-names	ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος	1	named Agabus	Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2107	ACT	21	11	i8t2		ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου	1	took Paul's belt
2108	ACT	21	11	nq2y	figs-quotesinquotes	τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν‘ ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν.	1	Thus says the Holy Spirit, 'So shall the Jews in Jerusalem tie up ... of the Gentiles.'
2109	ACT	21	11	i8u7	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews
2110	ACT	21	11	zvw8		παραδώσουσιν	1	hand him over
2111	ACT	21	11	s92d	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν	1	into the hands of the Gentiles
2112	ACT	21	11	b59g	figs-synecdoche	ἐθνῶν	1	the Gentiles
2113	ACT	21	12	fvh4	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2114	ACT	21	13	uwt2	figs-rquestion	τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν	1	What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart
2115	ACT	21	13	bj76	figs-metaphor	συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν	1	breaking my heart
2116	ACT	21	13	p5e5	figs-activepassive	οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι	1	not only to be tied up
2117	ACT	21	13	q35x	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	for the name of the Lord Jesus
2118	ACT	21	14	hwc5	figs-activepassive	μὴ πειθομένου ... αὐτοῦ	1	Paul would not be persuaded
2119	ACT	21	14	zl98	figs-ellipsis	πειθομένου	1	persuaded
2120	ACT	21	14	as1i	figs-activepassive	τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω	1	May the will of the Lord be done
2121	ACT	21	15	p5fl	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2122	ACT	21	15	p5fl	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2123	ACT	21	15	kd5l			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends Paul's time in Caesarea.
2124	ACT	21	16	k9kr		ἄγοντες παρ’ ... τινι	1	They brought with them a man
2125	ACT	21	16	zd9i	translate-names	Μνάσωνί, τινι Κυπρίῳ	1	Mnason, a man from Cyprus	Mnason is a man from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2126	ACT	21	16	c7r2		ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ	1	an early disciple	This means Mnason was one of the first to believe in Jesus.
2127	ACT	21	17	zpa7			0	General Information:
2128	ACT	21	17	wz34			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem.
2129	ACT	21	17	d3gj	figs-gendernotations	ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί	1	the brothers welcomed us
2130	ACT	21	19	bx9e		ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον	1	he reported one by one
2131	ACT	21	20	zks9			0	Connecting Statement:	The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul.
2132	ACT	21	20	a1hk		οἱ ... ἀκούσαντες ... ἐδόξαζον ... εἶπόν τε αὐτῷ	1	they heard ... they praised ... they said to him
2133	ACT	21	20	xki4		ἀδελφέ	1	brother
2134	ACT	21	20	c5pu		ὑπάρχουσιν	1	They are
2135	ACT	21	21	pyg8	figs-explicit	κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν	1	They have been told about you ... not to follow the old customs	Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God's true message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2136	ACT	21	21	e5s4	figs-activepassive	κατηχήθησαν	1	They have been told
2137	ACT	21	21	sdl3	figs-metonymy	ἀποστασίαν ... ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως	1	to abandon Moses
2138	ACT	21	21	knt4	figs-metaphor	μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν	1	not to follow the old customs
2139	ACT	21	21	u56t		τοῖς ἔθεσιν	1	the old customs
2140	ACT	21	22	b28b	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2141	ACT	21	23	b22r		ἄνδρες τέσσαρες, εὐχὴν ἔχοντες	1	four men who made a vow
2142	ACT	21	24	km4w	figs-explicit	τούτους παραλαβὼν, ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	Take these men and purify yourself with them	They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2143	ACT	21	24	c3ap	figs-explicit	δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς	1	pay their expenses for them
2144	ACT	21	24	abq6	translate-symaction	ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν	1	they may shave their heads	This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2145	ACT	21	24	nu9v	figs-activepassive	ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ	1	the things they have been told about you
2146	ACT	21	24	sv6i	figs-metaphor	φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον	1	follow the law
2147	ACT	21	25	c4kl	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2148	ACT	21	25	cqm9			0	Connecting Statement:	James and the elders in Jerusalem finish their request to Paul (Acts 21:18).
2149	ACT	21	25	a35u	figs-explicit	φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον, καὶ αἷμα, καὶ πνικτὸν	1	they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from what is strangled	All of these are rules about what they can eat. They are forbidden to eat meat of animals sacrificed to an idol, meat with blood still in it, and meat from a strangled animal because it would still have blood in the meat. See how you translated similar phrases in Acts 15:20. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2150	ACT	21	25	bpb5	figs-activepassive	φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον	1	they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols
2151	ACT	21	25	wjd2	figs-explicit	πνικτὸν	1	from what is strangled
2152	ACT	21	26	cr14		παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας	1	took the men	These are the 4 men who made a vow.
2153	ACT	21	26	s8z9		σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς	1	purifying himself with them	Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles.
2154	ACT	21	26	xu9r	figs-synecdoche	εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	went into the temple
2155	ACT	21	26	pvy3		τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ	1	the days of purification	This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area.
2156	ACT	21	26	gc23	figs-activepassive	ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ... ἡ προσφορά	1	until the offering was offered
2157	ACT	21	27	l3bg			0	General Information:	Verse 29 gives background information about the Jews from Asia.
2158	ACT	21	27	p4gi			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the story of Paul's arrest.
2159	ACT	21	27	j9zm		αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι	1	the seven days	These are the seven days for purification.
2160	ACT	21	27	k4l1	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple
2161	ACT	21	27	u942	figs-metaphor	συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον	1	stirred up the whole crowd
2162	ACT	21	27	mks6	figs-idiom	ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	laid hands on him
2163	ACT	21	28	sfg3		τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου	1	the people, the law, and this place
2164	ACT	21	28	jc9q	figs-explicit	ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple	Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2165	ACT	21	29	t2z7	writing-background	ἦσαν γὰρ προεωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος	1	For they had previously ... into the temple	This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2166	ACT	21	29	h1uu		Τρόφιμον	1	Trophimus	This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in Acts 20:4.
2167	ACT	21	30	upl8	figs-hyperbole	ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη	1	All the city was excited
2168	ACT	21	30	x2sx		ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου	1	laid hold of Paul
2169	ACT	21	30	xd6r	figs-explicit	εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι	1	the doors were immediately shut
2170	ACT	21	31	d6vt	figs-metonymy	ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης	1	news came up to the chief captain of the guard
2171	ACT	21	31	hu5r		ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ	1	news came up to the chief captain
2172	ACT	21	31	p85a		τῷ χιλιάρχῳ	1	the chief captain	a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
2173	ACT	21	31	u65r	figs-hyperbole	ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	all Jerusalem was in an uproar
2174	ACT	21	32	j81t			0	General Information:
2175	ACT	21	32	dgz5		κατέδραμεν	1	ran down	From the fortress, there are stairs going down into the court.
2176	ACT	21	32	e4rj		τὸν χιλίαρχον	1	the chief captain	a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
2177	ACT	21	33	w28u		ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ	1	laid hold of Paul
2178	ACT	21	33	zi4l	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι	1	commanded him to be bound
2179	ACT	21	33	xd9w		ἁλύσεσι δυσί	1	with two chains	This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.
2180	ACT	21	33	y6zw	figs-quotations	ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς	1	he asked who he was and what he had done.
2181	ACT	21	33	fi22		ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη	1	he asked who he was	The chief captain is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul.
2182	ACT	21	34	pci2	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλο	1	and others another
2183	ACT	21	34	k35e		αὐτοῦ	1	the captain	This was a military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers.
2184	ACT	21	34	qcc6	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν	1	he ordered that Paul be brought
2185	ACT	21	34	w2qj		εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν	1	into the fortress	This fortress was connected to the outer temple court.
2186	ACT	21	35	h9n7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς, συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν	1	When he came to the steps, he was carried
2187	ACT	21	36	kax6	figs-euphemism	αἶρε αὐτόν	1	Away with him
2188	ACT	21	37	j9xk	figs-activepassive	μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι	1	As Paul was about to be brought
2189	ACT	21	37	qp63		τὴν παρεμβολὴν	1	the fortress	This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.
2190	ACT	21	37	inl1		τῷ χιλιάρχῳ	1	the chief captain	a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers
2191	ACT	21	37	p5cd	figs-rquestion	Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις	11
2192	ACT	21	38	xx2w	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων	1	Are you not then the Egyptian ... wilderness?
2193	ACT	21	38	nxs6	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος	1	Are you not then the Egyptian	Shortly before Paul's visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2194	ACT	21	38	lwi4	figs-abstractnouns	ἀναστατώσας	1	started a rebellion
2195	ACT	21	38	tqh6	translate-numbers	τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας	1	the four thousand men
2196	ACT	21	38	p2ym		σικαρίων	1	Assassins	This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans.
2197	ACT	21	39	t6ax			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul begins to defend what he did.
2198	ACT	21	39	ys84		δέομαι ... σου	1	I ask you
2199	ACT	21	39	a139		ἐπίτρεψόν μοι	1	allow me
2200	ACT	21	40	qp2q	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιτρέψαντος ... αὐτοῦ	1	the captain had given him permission
2201	ACT	21	40	a4y2		ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν	1	Paul stood on the steps
2202	ACT	21	40	rk1y	figs-explicit	κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	motioned with the hand to the people
2203	ACT	21	40	xj6i		πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης	1	When there was a deep silence
2204	ACT	22	intro	gq5g			0
2205	ACT	22	1	kq95	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 2 gives background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2206	ACT	22	1	a8ir			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem.
2207	ACT	22	1	xe46		ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες	1	Brothers and fathers	This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul's age as well as the older men in the audience.
2208	ACT	22	1	pe8t		μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ	1	I now make to you
2209	ACT	22	2	b4sk		τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ	1	the Hebrew language	The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews.
2210	ACT	22	3	g311	figs-activepassive	ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ	1	but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel
2211	ACT	22	3	d4dx	figs-metonymy	παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ	1	at the feet of Gamaliel
2212	ACT	22	3	b1dq		Γαμαλιήλ	1	Gamaliel	Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in Acts 5:34.
2213	ACT	22	3	iz4g	figs-activepassive	πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου	1	I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers
2214	ACT	22	3	lqk7		πατρῴου νόμου	1	law of our fathers
2215	ACT	22	3	a8d6		ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I am zealous for God
2216	ACT	22	3	dbl4		καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον	1	just as all of you are today
2217	ACT	22	4	jy3z	figs-metonymy	ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα	1	I persecuted this Way
2218	ACT	22	4	bk4c		ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν	1	this Way
2219	ACT	22	4	dr8c	figs-abstractnouns	ἄχρι θανάτου	1	to the death
2220	ACT	22	4	zd2r		δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας	1	binding up and delivering them to prison both men and women
2221	ACT	22	5	v2km		μαρτυρεῖ	1	can bear witness
2222	ACT	22	5	i45u		παρ’ ὧν ... ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος	1	I received letters from them
2223	ACT	22	5	in72		πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν	1	for the brothers in Damascus
2224	ACT	22	5	y82b		ἄξων ... τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem
2225	ACT	22	5	ht9f	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν	1	in order for them to be punished
2226	ACT	22	6	pe9s			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul describes his encounter with Jesus.
2227	ACT	22	6	w4l7		ἐγένετο δέ	1	It happened that	This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
2228	ACT	22	7	d6nd	figs-synecdoche	ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι	1	heard a voice say to me
2229	ACT	22	9	h95h	figs-synecdoche	τὴν ... φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι	1	they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me
2230	ACT	22	10	a91a	figs-activepassive	κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται	1	there you will be told
2231	ACT	22	11	n1kb		οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου	1	I could not see because of that light's brightness
2232	ACT	22	11	n2n1	figs-synecdoche	χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν	1	being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus
2233	ACT	22	12	a17q			0	General Information:
2234	ACT	22	12	h5bh	translate-names	Ἁνανίας	1	Ananias	Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts Acts 5:3, you may translate it the same way though as you did in Acts 5:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2235	ACT	22	12	z1g3		ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον	1	devout man according to the law	Ananias was very serious about following God's law.
2236	ACT	22	12	e7uw	figs-activepassive	μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων	1	well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there
2237	ACT	22	13	un4g		Σαοὺλ‘, ἀδελφέ	1	Brother Saul
2238	ACT	22	13	x3kc	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνάβλεψον	1	receive your sight
2239	ACT	22	13	se47	figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	In that very hour
2240	ACT	22	14	v2i7			0	General Information:
2241	ACT	22	14	k3ck			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem.
2242	ACT	22	14	k417		τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ	1	his will
2243	ACT	22	14	dg8q	figs-synecdoche	ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	to hear the voice coming from his own mouth
2244	ACT	22	15	i5q8	figs-gendernotations	πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους	1	to all men
2245	ACT	22	16	bhg9		νῦν	1	Now
2246	ACT	22	16	mmx9	figs-rquestion	τί μέλλεις	1	why are you waiting?
2247	ACT	22	16	lt2i	figs-activepassive	βάπτισαι	1	be baptized
2248	ACT	22	16	zr5p	figs-metaphor	ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου	1	wash away your sins
2249	ACT	22	16	g5dq		ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	calling on his name
2250	ACT	22	17	znq6			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul begins to tell the crowd about his vision of Jesus.
2251	ACT	22	17	its2		ἐγένετο δέ	1	it happened that	This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
2252	ACT	22	17	yr9l	figs-activepassive	γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει	1	I was given a vision
2253	ACT	22	18	jy2c		ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι	1	I saw him say to me
2254	ACT	22	18	qul6		οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	they will not accept your testimony about me
2255	ACT	22	19	q5cl			0	General Information:
2256	ACT	22	19	p7gz			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress.
2257	ACT	22	19	im4n	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται	1	they themselves know
2258	ACT	22	19	da1e		κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς	1	in every synagogue	Paul went to synagogues to find Jews who believed in Jesus.
2259	ACT	22	20	y7t1	figs-metonymy	ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου	1	the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled
2260	ACT	22	22	fj9x			0	General Information:
2261	ACT	22	22	ta8z		ἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον	1	Away with such a fellow from the earth
2262	ACT	22	23	ylr7		κραυγαζόντων	1	As they were shouting
2263	ACT	22	23	b6a7	translate-symaction	ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα	1	throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air	These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2264	ACT	22	24	x7zv		χιλίαρχος	1	chief captain	a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
2265	ACT	22	24	h6gp	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσεν ... εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν	1	commanded Paul to be brought
2266	ACT	22	24	sth6		τὴν παρεμβολήν	1	the fortress	This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.
2267	ACT	22	24	pz47	figs-activepassive	εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν	1	He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging
2268	ACT	22	25	ar63			0	General Information:
2269	ACT	22	25	st4k		τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν	1	the thongs	These were strips of leather or animal hide.
2270	ACT	22	25	yjw3	figs-rquestion	εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν	1	Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial?
2271	ACT	22	26	pca7	figs-rquestion	τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν	1	What are you about to do?
2272	ACT	22	27	pe31			0	General Information:
2273	ACT	22	27	e69y	figs-go	προσελθὼν ..., ὁ χιλίαρχος	1	The chief captain came
2274	ACT	22	28	dr2w		ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην	1	It was only with a large amount of money
2275	ACT	22	28	r79c	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγὼ ... τὴν πολιτείαν ... ἐκτησάμην	1	I acquired citizenship
2276	ACT	22	28	rly1		ἐγὼ δὲ ... γεγέννημαι	1	I was born a Roman citizen	If the father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born.
2277	ACT	22	29	ii8p		οἱ μέλλοντες ... ἀνετάζειν	1	the men who were going to question
2278	ACT	22	30	g33i			0	General Information:
2279	ACT	22	30	kx58	figs-metonymy	ἔλυσεν αὐτόν	1	So he untied his bonds
2280	ACT	22	30	c5ia		καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον	1	he brought Paul down	From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts.
2281	ACT	23	intro	gbw5			0
2282	ACT	23	1	z2sq			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members (Acts 22:30).
2283	ACT	23	1	jru4		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers
2284	ACT	23	1	nn2q		ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας	1	I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day
2285	ACT	23	2	yz4n	translate-names	Ἁνανίας	1	Ananias	This is the name of a man. Though this is the same name, this not the same Ananias as in Acts 5:1 nor the same Ananias as in Acts 9:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2286	ACT	23	3	igq4	figs-metaphor	τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε	1	whitewashed wall
2287	ACT	23	3	un7g	figs-rquestion	σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι	1	Are you sitting to judge ... against the law?
2288	ACT	23	3	m6nb	figs-activepassive	κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι	1	order me to be struck
2289	ACT	23	4	lkh8	figs-rquestion	τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς	1	Is this how you insult God's high priest?
2290	ACT	23	5	e8lg	figs-explicit	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	For it is written
2291	ACT	23	6	pbe1		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers
2292	ACT	23	6	as3f		υἱὸς Φαρισαίων	1	a son of Pharisees
2293	ACT	23	6	iz18	figs-abstractnouns	ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1	the resurrection of the dead that I
2294	ACT	23	6	ys5k	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ κρίνομαι	1	I am being judged
2295	ACT	23	7	abs3		ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος	1	the crowd was divided
2296	ACT	23	8	gl1s	writing-background	Σαδδουκαῖοι ... γὰρ ... Φαρισαῖοι δὲ	1	For the Sadducees ... but the Pharisees	This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2297	ACT	23	9	eaf1		ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη	1	So a large uproar occurred
2298	ACT	23	9	ayr8	figs-hypo	εἰ ... πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος	1	What if a spirit or an angel has spoken to him?
2299	ACT	23	10	dr1d	figs-abstractnouns	πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως	1	When there arose a great argument
2300	ACT	23	10	s65i		χιλίαρχος	1	chief captain	a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
2301	ACT	23	10	f568	figs-activepassive	διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Paul would be torn to pieces by them
2302	ACT	23	10	man3		ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν	1	take him by force
2303	ACT	23	10	ap3c		εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν	1	into the fortress	This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.
2304	ACT	23	11	i9w5		τῇ ... ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ	1	The following night
2305	ACT	23	11	r4q4	figs-ellipsis	εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι	1	bear witness in Rome
2306	ACT	23	12	fm3y			0	Connecting Statement:	While Paul was in the prison at the fortress, the disbelieving religious Jews vow to kill him.
2307	ACT	23	12	klb4		ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν	1	formed a conspiracy
2308	ACT	23	12	g3sj	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς	1	called a curse down upon themselves with an oath
2309	ACT	23	13	f1u2	translate-numbers	τεσσεράκοντα οἱ	1	forty men
2310	ACT	23	13	u5s5		ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι	1	who formed this conspiracy
2311	ACT	23	14	zb6w	figs-you		0	General Information:
2312	ACT	23	14	ur73	figs-metaphor	ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον	1	We have put ourselves under a great curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul
2313	ACT	23	15	w418		νῦν οὖν	1	Now, therefore
2314	ACT	23	15	q9e6		νῦν	1	Now
2315	ACT	23	15	q9mb		καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	bring him down to you
2316	ACT	23	15	m133		ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	as if you would decide his case more precisely
2317	ACT	23	16	d7cy			0	General Information:
2318	ACT	23	16	w6fe		υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου	1	Paul's sister's son
2319	ACT	23	16	pj5h		τὴν ἐνέδραν	1	they were lying in wait
2320	ACT	23	16	a5hx		τὴν παρεμβολὴν	1	the fortress	This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34.
2321	ACT	23	18	lzf3		ὁ δέσμιος, Παῦλος, προσκαλεσάμενός με	1	Paul the prisoner called me to him
2322	ACT	23	18	ju2b		τοῦτον τὸν νεανίαν	1	this young man	Since the chief captain calls him a young man, this suggests Paul's nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
2323	ACT	23	19	yp12		ἐπιλαβόμενος ... τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος	1	chief captain took him by the hand	Since the chief captain took the young man by the hand and calls him a young man (verse 18), this suggests Paul's nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
2324	ACT	23	20	uv6r	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο	1	The Jews have agreed
2325	ACT	23	20	wp5d		Παῦλον καταγάγῃς	1	to bring down Paul
2326	ACT	23	20	fev5		μέλλων τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ.	1	they were going to ask more precisely about his case
2327	ACT	23	21	vdr5	translate-numbers	ἄνδρες ... τεσσεράκοντα	1	forty men
2328	ACT	23	21	i2k9		ἐνεδρεύουσιν ... αὐτὸν	1	lying in wait for him
2329	ACT	23	21	r695		οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν	1	They have called a curse down on themselves, neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him
2330	ACT	23	22	av3g			0	General Information:
2331	ACT	23	22	av3g			0	General Information:	Felix, who resided at Caesarea, was the roman governor of the area.
2332	ACT	23	23	wk7k		προσκαλεσάμενός	1	he called to him
2333	ACT	23	23	q741	translate-numbers	δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν	1	two of the centurions
2334	ACT	23	23	b7z3	translate-numbers	ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα	1	seventy horsemen
2335	ACT	23	23	mgi9	translate-numbers	δεξιολάβους διακοσίους	1	two hundred spearmen
2336	ACT	23	23	kg8s		τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός	1	third hour of the night	This was about 9:00 p.m. at night.
2337	ACT	23	25	vg8x			0	General Information:	The chief captain writes a letter to Governor Felix about the arrest of Paul.
2338	ACT	23	25	vg8x	translate-names		0	General Information:	Claudius Lysias is the name of the chief captain. Governor Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2339	ACT	23	26	zf93	figs-123person	Κλαύδιος Λυσίας, τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν	1	Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings
2340	ACT	23	26	u2ih		τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι	1	to the most excellent Governor Felix
2341	ACT	23	27	zr7l	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	This man was arrested by the Jews
2342	ACT	23	27	ha13	figs-activepassive	μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι	1	was about to be killed
2343	ACT	23	27	v78t		ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι	1	I came upon them with soldiers
2344	ACT	23	28	lb1a			0	General Information:
2345	ACT	23	28	lb1a			0	General Information:
2346	ACT	23	28	lb1a	figs-you		0	General Information:
2347	ACT	23	28	pmq7			0	Connecting Statement:	The chief captain ends his letter to Governor Felix.
2348	ACT	23	29	zt4f	figs-activepassive	ὃν ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ	1	that he was being accused about questions concerning
2349	ACT	23	29	wsh2	figs-abstractnouns	μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα	1	but that there was no accusation against him that deserved death or imprisonment
2350	ACT	23	30	i2ji	figs-activepassive	μηνυθείσης δέ μοι	1	Then it was made known to me
2351	ACT	23	31	ifs1	translate-names		0	General Information:
2352	ACT	23	31	s9rf			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends Paul's time under arrest in Jerusalem and begins his time of arrest in Caesarea with Governor Felix.
2353	ACT	23	31	ny4k		οἱ ... οὖν στρατιῶται κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς	1	So the soldiers obeyed their orders
2354	ACT	23	31	ptv4		ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον διὰ νυκτὸς	1	They took Paul and brought him by night
2355	ACT	23	34	u44w			0	General Information:
2356	ACT	23	34	dtx1	figs-quotations	ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν, καὶ	1	he asked what province Paul was from. When
2357	ACT	23	35	dwv2	figs-quotations	ἔφη	1	he said
2358	ACT	23	35	uji1		διακούσομαί σου	1	I will hear you fully
2359	ACT	23	35	mga2		κελεύσας ... φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν	1	he commanded him to be kept
2360	ACT	24	intro	j74u			0
2361	ACT	24	1	qw1r	figs-you		0	General Information:
2362	ACT	24	1	bc8k			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul.
2363	ACT	24	1	e8rp		μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας	1	After five days
2364	ACT	24	1	n9gu	translate-names	Ἁνανίας	1	Ananias	This is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias as in Acts 5:1 nor the same Ananias as in Acts 9:10. See how you translated this in Acts 23:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2365	ACT	24	1	f3vx		ῥήτορος	1	an orator
2366	ACT	24	1	xm6c	translate-names	Τερτύλλου	1	Tertullus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2367	ACT	24	1	q7wj		κατέβη	1	went there
2368	ACT	24	1	nq9x		τῷ ἡγεμόνι	1	before the governor
2369	ACT	24	1	zm5e		ἐνεφάνισαν ... κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου	1	brought charges against Paul
2370	ACT	24	2	e6zg	figs-exclusive	πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες	1	we have great peace
2371	ACT	24	2	sv8c		καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας	1	and your foresight brings good reform to our nation
2372	ACT	24	3	r5jl		μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας	1	with all thankfulness
2373	ACT	24	3	q3fj		κράτιστε Φῆλιξ	1	most excellent Felix
2374	ACT	24	4	tyq8	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2375	ACT	24	4	jww2		Ἵνα ... μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον σε ἐνκόπτω	1	So that I detain you no more
2376	ACT	24	4	xfm5		ἀκοῦσαί ... ἡμῶν συντόμως, τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ	1	briefly listen to me with kindness
2377	ACT	24	5	i1qs	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν	1	this man to be a pest
2378	ACT	24	5	k1v1	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	all the Jews throughout the world
2379	ACT	24	5	zg4a	figs-explicit	πρωτοστάτην ... τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως	1	He is a leader of the Nazarene sect
2380	ACT	24	5	n6zb		αἱρέσεως	1	sect	This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.
2381	ACT	24	7	ujn8	figs-you		0	General Information:
2382	ACT	24	7	xkr4			0	Connecting Statement:	Tertullus finishes presenting the charges against Paul before Governor Felix.
2383	ACT	24	8	e26a		ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ	1	to learn about these charges we are bringing against him
2384	ACT	24	9	rq5f	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews	This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul's trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2385	ACT	24	10	my1c			0	General Information:
2386	ACT	24	10	ict8			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
2387	ACT	24	10	s92a		νεύσαντος ... τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	the governor motioned
2388	ACT	24	10	uu7a	figs-metonymy	κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ	1	a judge to this nation
2389	ACT	24	10	sr5t		ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογοῦμαι	1	explain myself
2390	ACT	24	11	dr4u	translate-numbers	ἡμέραι δώδεκα, ἀφ’ ἧς	1	twelve days since
2391	ACT	24	12	wbf6	figs-metaphor	ἢ ἐπίστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου	1	I did not stir up a crowd
2392	ACT	24	13	m3yk		κατηγοροῦσίν	1	the accusations
2393	ACT	24	14	c5xa		ὁμολογῶ ... τοῦτό σοι	1	I confess this to you
2394	ACT	24	14	k79p		ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ὁδὸν	1	that according to the Way
2395	ACT	24	14	rqu3		λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν	1	they call a sect
2396	ACT	24	14	cg73		οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ Θεῷ	1	in that same way I serve the God of our fathers
2397	ACT	24	15	nv5a		καὶ αὐτοὶ	1	as these men
2398	ACT	24	15	qza8	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι, δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων	1	that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked
2399	ACT	24	15	x1yd	figs-nominaladj	δικαίων ... καὶ ἀδίκων	1	the righteous and the wicked
2400	ACT	24	16	sfw4		αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ ... διὰ παντός	1	I always strive
2401	ACT	24	16	kcg8	figs-metonymy	ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν	1	to have a clear conscience before God
2402	ACT	24	16	va3b		πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν	1	before God
2403	ACT	24	17	p92m		δὲ	1	Now	This word marks a shift in Paul's argument. Here he explains the situation in Jerusalem when some of the Jews arrested him.
2404	ACT	24	17	py9v		δι’ ἐτῶν ... πλειόνων	1	after many years
2405	ACT	24	17	ryk6	figs-go	ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου, παρεγενόμην καὶ προσφοράς	1	I came to bring help to my nation and gifts of money
2406	ACT	24	18	pk2m		ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in a purification ceremony in the temple
2407	ACT	24	18	x6iy	figs-explicit	οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου, οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου	1	not with a crowd or an uproar
2408	ACT	24	19	s528		τινὲς	1	These men
2409	ACT	24	19	ntg3		εἴ τι ἔχοιεν	1	if they have anything
2410	ACT	24	20	npt5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
2411	ACT	24	20	ag5d		αὐτοὶ	1	these same men	This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul's trial.
2412	ACT	24	20	hnt9		εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα ... μου	1	should say what wrong they found in me
2413	ACT	24	21	ds1s	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ‘ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1	It is concerning the resurrection of the dead
2414	ACT	24	21	d2lm	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ’ ὑμῶν	1	I am on trial before you today
2415	ACT	24	22	w1tn	translate-names		0	General Information:	Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:24. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2416	ACT	24	22	a87f		τῆς Ὁδοῦ	1	the Way	This is a title for Christianity. See how you translated this in Acts 9:2.
2417	ACT	24	22	y3pg		ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ	1	When Lysias the commander comes down
2418	ACT	24	22	k1f7		Λυσίας	1	Lysias	This is the name of the chief captain. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:26.
2419	ACT	24	22	z5f9		καταβῇ	1	comes down from Jerusalem	Jerusalem was higher than Caesarea so it was normal for them to speak of coming down from Jerusalem.
2420	ACT	24	22	ldi8		διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ’ ὑμᾶς	1	I will decide your case
2421	ACT	24	23	sxy2		ἔχειν ... ἄνεσιν	1	have some freedom
2422	ACT	24	24	wus4		μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας τινὰς	1	After some days
2423	ACT	24	24	qy9y	translate-names	Δρουσίλλῃ, τῇ ... γυναικὶ	1	Drusilla his wife	Drusilla is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2424	ACT	24	24	xmq5	figs-explicit	Ἰουδαίᾳ	1	a Jewess
2425	ACT	24	25	b8v1		ἔμφοβος γενόμενος, ὁ Φῆλιξ	1	Felix became frightened	Felix may have felt conviction of his sins.
2426	ACT	24	25	p8yi		τὸ νῦν ἔχον	1	for now
2427	ACT	24	26	h4v7		χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου	1	Paul to give money to him	Felix was hoping Paul would offer him a bribe to set him free.
2428	ACT	24	26	n45p		Διὸ ... πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος, ὡμίλει αὐτῷ	1	so he often sent for him and spoke with him
2429	ACT	24	27	ur2y	translate-names	ὁ Πόρκιον Φῆστον	1	Porcius Festus	This was the new roman Governor who replaced Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2430	ACT	24	27	p59c	figs-synecdoche	θέλων ... χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	wanted to gain favor with the Jews
2431	ACT	24	27	gln6		ὁ Φῆλιξ ... κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον	1	he left Paul to continue under guard
2432	ACT	25	intro	b6uk			0
2433	ACT	25	1	c84u			0	General Information:	Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 24:27.
2434	ACT	25	1	tj76			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea.
2435	ACT	25	1	w8h3		οὖν	1	Now	This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
2436	ACT	25	1	i7t9		Φῆστος ... ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ	1	Festus entered the province	Possible meanings are 1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or 2) Festus simply arrived in the area.
2437	ACT	25	1	zz4l		ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας	1	he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem
2438	ACT	25	2	qnc8	figs-metaphor	ἐνεφάνισάν ... οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου	1	The chief priest and the prominent Jews brought accusations against Paul
2439	ACT	25	2	uj5p		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	they urged him
2440	ACT	25	3	w8um		αἰτούμενοι χάριν	1	asked him for a favor
2441	ACT	25	3	qz46		ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	that Festus might summon Paul to Jerusalem
2442	ACT	25	3	pg8x		ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	so that they could kill him along the way	They were going to ambush Paul.
2443	ACT	25	4	p3tt	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2444	ACT	25	4	v5f9	figs-quotations	Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι	1	Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea, and that he himself was going there soon.
2445	ACT	25	5	a54h	writing-quotations	οἱ οὖν ... φησίν, δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες	1
2446	ACT	25	5	iz98		εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον	1	If there is something wrong with the man
2447	ACT	25	5	nei6		κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ	1	you should accuse him
2448	ACT	25	6	fi27			0	General Information:
2449	ACT	25	6	s69c		καταβὰς εἰς Καισάρειαν	1	down to Caesarea	Jerusalem is higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of coming down from Jerusalem.
2450	ACT	25	6	qv24	figs-metonymy	καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	sat in the judgment seat
2451	ACT	25	6	j7c5	figs-activepassive	τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι	1	Paul to be brought to him
2452	ACT	25	7	v4v8		παραγενομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	When he arrived
2453	ACT	25	7	e7g2	figs-metaphor	πολλὰ ... βαρέα αἰτιώματα καταφέροντες	1	they brought many serious charges
2454	ACT	25	8	hc3w	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	against the temple
2455	ACT	25	9	m49r			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul asks to be taken before Caesar for judgment.
2456	ACT	25	9	b49x	figs-synecdoche	θέλων τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις χάριν καταθέσθαι	1	wanted to gain the favor of the Jews
2457	ACT	25	9	qe8h		εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβὰς	1	to go up to Jerusalem	Jerusalem was higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
2458	ACT	25	9	wi2d	figs-activepassive	ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων κριθῆναι ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	and to be judged by me about these things there
2459	ACT	25	10	u1ef	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστώς εἰμι, οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι	1	I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar where I must be judged
2460	ACT	25	11	el9d	figs-hypo	οὖν ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι, οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν; εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου, οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι	1	Though if I have done wrong ... no one may hand me over to them	Paul is stating a hypothetical situation. If he were guilty, he would accept the punishment, but he knows that he is not guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2461	ACT	25	11	ta55		εἰ ... ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι	1	if I have done what is worthy of death
2462	ACT	25	11	hxr1		οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν	1	if their accusations are nothing
2463	ACT	25	11	hr23		οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι	1	no one may hand me over to them	Possible meanings are 1) Festus does not have the legal authority to hand Paul over to these false accusers or 2) Paul was saying that if he has done nothing wrong, the governor should not give into the request of the Jews.
2464	ACT	25	11	b1bf		Καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι	1	I appeal to Caesar
2465	ACT	25	12	t96z		μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου	1	with the council
2466	ACT	25	13	izu8	writing-participants		0	General Information:	King Agrippa and Bernice are new people in the story. Though he ruled over only a few territories, King Agrippa is the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice is Agrippa's sister.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2467	ACT	25	13	ge5h			0	Connecting Statement:	Festus explains Paul's case to King Agrippa.
2468	ACT	25	13	c3gc		δὲ	1	Now	This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
2469	ACT	25	13	ukd3		ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν Φῆστον	1	to pay an official visit to Festus
2470	ACT	25	14	x8jf	figs-activepassive	ἀνήρ τὶς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος	1	A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner
2471	ACT	25	14	z7yw		Φήλικος	1	Felix	Felix was the Roman governor of the area who resided in Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:24.
2472	ACT	25	15	b6hx	figs-metaphor	περὶ οὗ ... ἐνεφάνισαν	1	brought charges against this man
2473	ACT	25	15	hyp5	figs-abstractnouns	αἰτούμενοι κατ’ αὐτοῦ καταδίκην	1	they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him
2474	ACT	25	16	e4tk	figs-metaphor	χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον	1	to hand over anyone
2475	ACT	25	16	xjb4	figs-idiom	πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος, κατὰ πρόσωπον ... τοὺς κατηγόρους	1	before the accused had faced his accusers
2476	ACT	25	17	z6g2		οὖν	1	Therefore
2477	ACT	25	17	rm5z		συνελθόντων ... ἐνθάδε	1	when they came together here
2478	ACT	25	17	efe2	figs-metonymy	καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος	1	I sat in the judgment seat
2479	ACT	25	17	hm6g	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα	1	I ordered the man to be brought in
2480	ACT	25	19	d1qm		τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας	1	their own religion
2481	ACT	25	20	y9bv	figs-idiom	κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων	1	to stand trial there about these charges
2482	ACT	25	21	yli3			0	Connecting Statement:	Festus finishes explaining Paul's case to King Agrippa.
2483	ACT	25	21	ie7x	figs-activepassive	τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν	1	But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor
2484	ACT	25	21	ceq2	figs-activepassive	ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν	1	I ordered him to be held in custody
2485	ACT	25	22	t322	writing-quotations
2486	ACT	25	23	y1yj			0	General Information:	Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in Acts 25:13.
2487	ACT	25	23	qlm5			0	Connecting Statement:	Festus again gives information about Paul's case to King Agrippa.
2488	ACT	25	23	yw76		μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας	1	with much ceremony
2489	ACT	25	23	ldb7		τὸ ἀκροατήριον	1	the hall	This was a large room where people gathered for ceremonies, trials, and other events.
2490	ACT	25	23	at4t	figs-activepassive	ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος	1	Paul was brought to them
2491	ACT	25	24	n8qj	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	all the multitude of Jews
2492	ACT	25	24	ae3v		βοῶντες	1	they shouted to me
2493	ACT	25	24	yv2q	figs-litotes	μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι	1	he should no longer live
2494	ACT	25	25	fe2n	figs-you		0	General Information:
2495	ACT	25	25	f6hy		δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστὸν	1	because he appealed to the emperor
2496	ACT	25	25	g856		τὸν Σεβαστὸν	1	the emperor	The emperor was the ruler of the Roman empire. He ruled over many countries and provinces.
2497	ACT	25	26	jcq2		προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ’ ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα	1	I have brought him to you, especially to you, King Agrippa
2498	ACT	25	26	rhy2		ὅπως ... σχῶ τι γράψω	1	so that I might have something more to write
2499	ACT	25	27	txs6	figs-doublenegatives	ἄλογον ... μοι δοκεῖ πέμποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ ... σημᾶναι	1	it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not also state
2500	ACT	25	27	xm65		τὰς κατ’ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας	1	the charges against him	Possible meanings are 1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or 2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul's case.
2501	ACT	26	intro	e2q6			0		Acts 26 General Notes Structure and formatting This is the third account of Paul's conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul's conversion. (See: Acts 9 and Acts 22) Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that. Special concepts in this chapter Light and darkness The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
2502	ACT	26	1	b34d			0	Connecting Statement:	Festus has brought Paul before King Agrippa. In verse 2, Paul gives his defense to King Agrippa.
2503	ACT	26	1	gz9f		Ἀγρίππας	1	Agrippa	Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine, though he ruled over only a few territories. See how you translated this name in Acts 25:13.
2504	ACT	26	1	wme6		ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα	1	stretched out his hand
2505	ACT	26	1	vni8	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπελογεῖτο	1	made his defense
2506	ACT	26	2	ha47		ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον	1	I regard myself as happy	Paul was happy because he considered his appearance before Agrippa to be an opportunity to speak about the gospel.
2507	ACT	26	2	xhz1		ἀπολογεῖσθαι	1	to make my case
2508	ACT	26	2	mdq2	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων	1	against all the accusations of the Jews
2509	ACT	26	2	cbr3	figs-synecdoche	Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews
2510	ACT	26	3	kns2	figs-explicit	ζητημάτων	1	questions
2511	ACT	26	4	t8bg	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	all the Jews
2512	ACT	26	4	x96h		ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου	1	in my own nation	Possible meanings are 1) among his own people, not necessarily in the geographical land of Israel or 2) in the land of Israel.
2513	ACT	26	5	y9a1		τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας	1	the strictest party of our religion
2514	ACT	26	6	xkp9	figs-you		0	General Information:
2515	ACT	26	6	s9kr		νῦν	1	Now	This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his past to talking about himself in the present.
2516	ACT	26	6	i9y5	figs-activepassive	ἕστηκα κρινόμενος	1	I stand here to be judged
2517	ACT	26	6	r42g	figs-metaphor	ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of my certain hope in the promise made by God to our fathers
2518	ACT	26	7	hnf1	figs-metonymy	εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν ... ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι	1	For this is the promise that our twelve tribes sought to receive
2519	ACT	26	7	apf2	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἣν ... ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι	1	the promise ... sought to receive	This speaks about a promise as if it were an object that can be received. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2520	ACT	26	7	kzg4	figs-merism	νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον	1	worshiped God night and day
2521	ACT	26	7	c4lm	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων	1	that the Jews
2522	ACT	26	8	de83	figs-rquestion	τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ’ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ Θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει	1	Why should any of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead?
2523	ACT	26	8	ukk6		νεκροὺς ἐγείρει	1	raises the dead
2524	ACT	26	9	hm33		μὲν οὖν	1	Now indeed	Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now beginning to describe how he formerly persecuted Jesus' people.
2525	ACT	26	9	r4df	figs-metonymy	πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ... ἐναντία	1	against the name of Jesus
2526	ACT	26	10	nys7	figs-activepassive	ἀναιρουμένων ... αὐτῶν κατήνεγκα ψῆφον	1	when they were killed, I cast my vote against them
2527	ACT	26	11	rri6		πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτοὺς	1	I punished them many times	Possible meanings are 1) Paul punished some believers many times or 2) Paul punished many different believers.
2528	ACT	26	12	p55i			0	Connecting Statement:	While talking to King Agrippa, Paul tells about when the Lord spoke with him.
2529	ACT	26	12	us8d		ἐν οἷς	1	While I was doing this	Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now telling about when he saw Jesus and became his disciple.
2530	ACT	26	12	h3ic		ἐν οἷς	1	While	This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. In this case, Paul went to Damascus during the time when he persecuted Christians.
2531	ACT	26	12	ajp6		μετ’ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς	1	with authority and orders	Paul had written letters from the Jewish leaders, granting him authority to persecute the Jewish believers.
2532	ACT	26	14	sip5	figs-metonymy	ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με	1	I heard a voice speaking to me that said
2533	ACT	26	14	du3t		Σαοὺλ‘, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις	1	Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me?
2534	ACT	26	14	zsi2	figs-metaphor	σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν	1	It is hard for you to kick a goad
2535	ACT	26	15	h2ws			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa. In these verses he continues quoting his conversation with the Lord.
2536	ACT	26	18	fk1k	figs-metaphor	ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν	1	to open their eyes	Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2537	ACT	26	18	gw8f	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς	1	to turn them from darkness to light	Helping someone to stop doing what is evil and to start trusting and obeying God is spoken of as if the person is literally leading someone out of a dark place into a place of light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2538	ACT	26	18	q3h8	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ ... τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	to turn them ... from the power of Satan to God	Helping someone to stop obeying Satan and to start obeying God is spoken of as if a person were literally turning a person and taking them from the place where Satan rules and leading him to the place where God rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2539	ACT	26	18	m65i	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	they may receive from God the forgiveness of sins
2540	ACT	26	18	m9ve	figs-metaphor	κλῆρον	1	an inheritance	The blessings that Jesus gives to those who believe in him are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that children receive from their father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2541	ACT	26	18	c5ij	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ	1	sanctified by faith in me	Jesus choosing some people to belong to him is spoken of as if he literally set them apart from other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2542	ACT	26	18	bgc5		πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ	1	by faith in me
2543	ACT	26	19	ljx2		ὅθεν	1	Therefore
2544	ACT	26	19	zv2u	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἐγενόμην	1	I did not disobey
2545	ACT	26	19	sn4h	figs-metonymy	τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ	1	the heavenly vision
2546	ACT	26	20	fei4	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν	1	turn to God
2547	ACT	26	20	h1v2	figs-abstractnouns	ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας	1	doing deeds worthy of repentance
2548	ACT	26	21	tl6t	figs-synecdoche	Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews
2549	ACT	26	22	n5hn			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes giving his defense to King Agrippa.
2550	ACT	26	22	t8f4		μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ, οὐδὲν	1	to the common people and to the great ones about nothing
2551	ACT	26	22	f6py		οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς ... ὧν	1	about nothing more than what
2552	ACT	26	22	i9ki		ὧν τε οἱ προφῆται	1	what the prophets	Paul is referring to the collective writings of the Old Testament prophets.
2553	ACT	26	23	pe9h	figs-explicit	εἰ παθητὸς ὁ Χριστός	1	that Christ must suffer
2554	ACT	26	23	p9t8		ἐξ ἀναστάσεως	1	to rise	to come back to life
2555	ACT	26	23	sc5f		νεκρῶν	1	from the dead
2556	ACT	26	23	z2ms	figs-metaphor	φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν	1	he would proclaim light
2557	ACT	26	24	h5b9			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together.
2558	ACT	26	24	dvn2		μαίνῃ	1	you are insane
2559	ACT	26	24	tk27		τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει	1	your great learning makes you insane
2560	ACT	26	25	dur9	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μαίνομαι ... ἀλλὰ	1	I am not insane ... but
2561	ACT	26	25	a6pb		κράτιστε Φῆστε	1	most excellent Festus
2562	ACT	26	26	ed7y	figs-123person	γὰρ ... ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν ... αὐτὸν	1	For the king ... to him ... from him
2563	ACT	26	26	cs7b		παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ	1	I speak freely
2564	ACT	26	26	svn9	figs-activepassive	πείθομαι	1	I am persuaded
2565	ACT	26	26	tta8	figs-activepassive	λανθάνειν ... αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ	1	that none of this is hidden from him
2566	ACT	26	26	v1uu	figs-activepassive	οὐ ... ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο	1	has not been done in a corner
2567	ACT	26	26	i5wg	figs-metaphor	ἐν γωνίᾳ	1	in a corner
2568	ACT	26	27	a4a2	figs-rquestion	πιστεύεις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις	1	Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa?
2569	ACT	26	28	y8qq	figs-rquestion	ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι	1	In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian?
2570	ACT	26	29	k7kq	figs-metonymy	παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων	1	but without these prison chains
2571	ACT	26	30	k7jh			0	General Information:	Bernice was the sister of King Agrippa (Acts 25:13).
2572	ACT	26	30	gaq5			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends Paul's time before King Agrippa.
2573	ACT	26	30	u8vl		ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν	1	Then the king stood up, and the governor
2574	ACT	26	31	blz8	figs-abstractnouns	οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον τι πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος	1	This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds
2575	ACT	26	32	n293	figs-activepassive	ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτο	1	This man could have been freed
2576	ACT	27	intro	r82x			0		Acts 27 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Sailing People who lived near the sea traveled by boat powered by the wind. During some months of the year, the wind would blow in the wrong direction or so hard that sailing was impossible. Trust Paul trusted God to bring him safely to land. He told the sailers and soldiers to trust that God would also keep them alive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) Paul breaks bread Luke uses almost the same words here to describe Paul taking bread, thanking God, breaking it, and eating it that he used to describe the last supper Jesus ate with his disciples. However, your translation should not make your reader think that Paul was leading a religious celebration here.
2577	ACT	27	1	efe4	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2578	ACT	27	1	dyf5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul, as a prisoner, begins his journey to Rome.
2579	ACT	27	1	b2yz	figs-activepassive	ὡς .. ἐκρίθη	1	When it was decided
2580	ACT	27	1	yv84		ἀποπλεῖν ... εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν	1	sail for Italy
2581	ACT	27	1	s6ny		παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας, ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς	1	they put Paul and some other prisoners under the charge of a centurion named Julius of the Imperial Regiment
2582	ACT	27	1	k52u		παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας	1	they put Paul and some other prisoners
2583	ACT	27	1	un2s	translate-names	ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ	1	a centurion named Julius	Julius is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2584	ACT	27	1	d22f	translate-names	σπείρης Σεβαστῆς	1	the Imperial Regiment
2585	ACT	27	2	dnr9	figs-metonymy	ἐπιβάντες ... πλοίῳ ... μέλλοντι πλεῖν	1	We boarded a ship ... which was about to sail
2586	ACT	27	2	fqy2		πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυντηνῷ	1	a ship from Adramyttium	Possible meanings are 1) a ship that had come from Adramyttium or 2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium.
2587	ACT	27	2	f8pf		μέλλοντι πλεῖν	1	about to sail
2588	ACT	27	2	m3ps		ἀνήχθημεν	1	went to sea
2589	ACT	27	2	h3uy		Ἀριστάρχου	1	Aristarchus	Aristarchus came from Macedonia but had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in Acts 19:29.
2590	ACT	27	3	r71e	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2591	ACT	27	3	u6lt		φιλανθρώπως ... ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος	1	Julius treated Paul kindly
2592	ACT	27	3	rp73	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντι, ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν	1	go to his friends to receive their care
2593	ACT	27	4	d4hg		ἀναχθέντες, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν	1	we went to sea and sailed
2594	ACT	27	4	mjt8		ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον	1	sailed under the lee of Cyprus, close to the island
2595	ACT	27	5	g1t7		Παμφυλίαν	1	Pamphylia	This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10.
2596	ACT	27	5	y6m6	figs-explicit	κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας	1	we landed at Myra, a city of Lycia
2597	ACT	27	5	ni2x	translate-names	κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα	1	landed at Myra	Myra is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2598	ACT	27	5	uaf4	translate-names	τῆς Λυκίας	1	a city of Lycia	Lycia was a Roman province, located on the southwestern coast of modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2599	ACT	27	6	j4cf	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν ... πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον, πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν	1	found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy
2600	ACT	27	6	fdq2	translate-names	Ἀλεξανδρῖνον	1	Alexandria	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2601	ACT	27	7	zzw1	figs-explicit	δὲ ..., βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις, γενόμενοι	1	When we had sailed slowly ... finally arrived with difficulty	You can make explicit that the reason they were sailing slowly and with difficulty was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2602	ACT	27	7	pye5	translate-names	κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον	1	near Cnidus	This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2603	ACT	27	7	hhf1		μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου	1	the wind no longer allowed us to go that way
2604	ACT	27	7	b746		ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην	1	so we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete
2605	ACT	27	7	mq4n	translate-names	κατὰ Σαλμώνην	1	opposite Salmone	This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2606	ACT	27	8	p4ri	figs-explicit	μόλις ... παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν	1	We sailed along the coast with difficulty	You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2607	ACT	27	8	a64y	translate-names	Καλοὺς Λιμένας	1	Fair Havens	This was a port near Lasea, located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2608	ACT	27	8	n7re	translate-names	ἐγγὺς πόλις ἦν Λασαία	1	near the city of Lasea	This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2609	ACT	27	9	ea4l		ἱκανοῦ ... χρόνου διαγενομένου	1	We had now taken much time	Because of the direction the wind was blowing, the journey from Caesarea to Fair Havens had taken more time than planned.
2610	ACT	27	9	vlu4	figs-exclusive	διαγενομένου	1	We had now taken	The writer includes himself, Paul, and those who were traveling with them, but not the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2611	ACT	27	9	u6x5		καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ πλοὸς, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι	1	the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail	This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms.
2612	ACT	27	10	p29v		θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας ... μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν	1	I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss
2613	ACT	27	10	nx9c		ζημίας, οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν	1	loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives
2614	ACT	27	10	q9xt		οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου	1	not only of the cargo and the ship
2615	ACT	27	11	b1kz	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις	1	that were spoken by Paul
2616	ACT	27	12	l2n4	figs-activepassive	ἀνευθέτου ... τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν	1	harbor was not easy to spend the winter in
2617	ACT	27	12	jmi3		λιμένος	1	harbor	a place near land that is usually safe for ships
2618	ACT	27	12	k2ti	translate-names	Φοίνικα	1	city of Phoenix	Phoenix is a city port on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2619	ACT	27	12	z1lf	figs-metaphor	παραχειμάσαι	1	to spend the winter there
2620	ACT	27	12	x6vl		βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον	1	facing both southwest and northwest
2621	ACT	27	12	gyd2		λίβα καὶ ... χῶρον	1	southwest and northwest
2622	ACT	27	13	xx67		ἄραντες	1	weighed anchor
2623	ACT	27	14	hv8h			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and those traveling on the boat encounter a fierce storm.
2624	ACT	27	14	m2xe		μετ’ οὐ πολὺ	1	after a short time
2625	ACT	27	14	fs4z		ἄνεμος τυφωνικὸς	1	a wind of hurricane force
2626	ACT	27	14	g1ek	translate-transliterate	καλούμενος Εὐρακύλων	1	called the northeaster
2627	ACT	27	14	tz2k		ἔβαλεν κατ’ αὐτῆς	1	began to beat down from the island
2628	ACT	27	15	fxp1		συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ	1	When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind
2629	ACT	27	15	w1hl	figs-activepassive	ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα	1	we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind
2630	ACT	27	16	c4cg		νησίον ... τι ὑποδραμόντες	1	We sailed along the lee of a small island
2631	ACT	27	16	aq56	translate-names	νησίον ... τι ὑποδραμόντες	1	a small island called Cauda	This island was located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2632	ACT	27	16	h9z2		σκάφης	1	lifeboat	This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship, and sometimes it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship.
2633	ACT	27	17	v9ag		ἣν ἄραντες	1	they had hoisted the lifeboat up
2634	ACT	27	17	tx1f		βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον	1	they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship
2635	ACT	27	17	dvv4	translate-names	τὴν Σύρτιν	1	sandbars of Syrtis	Sandbars are very shallow areas in the sea where ships can get stuck in the sand. Syrtis is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2636	ACT	27	17	l8kl		χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος	1	they lowered the sea anchor	They put the ship's anchor in the water in order to slow down where the wind would blow them.
2637	ACT	27	17	v6dn		σκεῦος	1	anchor	An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in Acts 27:13.
2638	ACT	27	17	g7rw	figs-activepassive	ἐφέροντο	1	were driven along
2639	ACT	27	18	fx4m	figs-activepassive	σφοδρῶς ... χειμαζομένων	1	We took such a violent battering by the storm
2640	ACT	27	18	nd5h		ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο	1	they began throwing the cargo overboard
2641	ACT	27	18	ny6k		ἐκβολὴν	1	cargo
2642	ACT	27	19	vm2k		αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἔριψαν	1	the sailors threw overboard the ship's equipment with their own hands
2643	ACT	27	20	if7a		μήτε δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας ἡμέρας	1	When the sun and stars did not shine on us for many days	They could not see the sun and stars because of the dark storm clouds. Sailors needed to see the sun and stars in order to know where they were and what direction they were headed.
2644	ACT	27	20	p2wd		χειμῶνός ... οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου	1	the great storm still beat upon us
2645	ACT	27	20	mnj5	figs-activepassive	περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς	1	any more hope that we should be saved was abandoned
2646	ACT	27	21	mmb2			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul speaks to the sailors on the ship.
2647	ACT	27	21	d1le	figs-explicit	πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης	1	When they had gone long without food
2648	ACT	27	21	zns2		μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	among the sailors
2649	ACT	27	21	bc1x		κερδῆσαί τε τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν	1	so as to get this injury and loss
2650	ACT	27	22	d95r	figs-explicit	ἀποβολὴ ... ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	there will be no loss of life among you
2651	ACT	27	22	djh4		πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου	1	but only the loss of the ship
2652	ACT	27	24	z1j8	figs-metonymy	Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι	1	You must stand before Caesar
2653	ACT	27	24	s3wv		κεχάρισταί σοι ... πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ	1	has given to you all those who are sailing with you
2654	ACT	27	25	r9t8	figs-activepassive	καθ’ ὃν τρόπον λελάληταί μοι	1	just as it was told to me
2655	ACT	27	26	vmp6		εἰς νῆσον ... τινα, δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν	1	we must run aground upon some island
2656	ACT	27	27	im34			0	Connecting Statement:	The fierce storm continues.
2657	ACT	27	27	rrm5	translate-ordinal	ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο	1	When the fourteenth night had come
2658	ACT	27	27	la7u	figs-activepassive	διαφερομένων ἡμῶν	1	as we were driven this way and that
2659	ACT	27	27	afs6	translate-names	τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ	1	the Adriatic Sea	This is the sea between Italy and Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2660	ACT	27	28	ruj1		βολίσαντες	1	They took soundings
2661	ACT	27	28	tq53	translate-numbers	εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι	1	found twenty fathoms
2662	ACT	27	28	ig3m	translate-numbers	εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε	1	found fifteen fathoms
2663	ACT	27	29	b1qc		ἀγκύρας	1	anchors	An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in Acts 27:13.
2664	ACT	27	29	q4am		ἐκ πρύμνης	1	from the stern
2665	ACT	27	30	br71	figs-you		0	General Information:
2666	ACT	27	30	b4wv		τὴν σκάφην	1	the lifeboat	This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship and sometime it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. See how you translated this in Acts 27:16.
2667	ACT	27	30	rr89		ἐκ πρῴρης	1	from the bow
2668	ACT	27	31	ez5c	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε	1	Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved
2669	ACT	27	33	q3y8		ἄχρι δὲ οὗ ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν γίνεσθαι	1	When daylight was coming on
2670	ACT	27	33	j5yg	translate-ordinal	τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν	1	This day is the fourteenth day that
2671	ACT	27	34	j3qx	figs-idiom	οὐδενὸς ... ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπολεῖται	1	not one of you will lose a single hair from his head
2672	ACT	27	35	yh7y		κλάσας	1	broke the bread
2673	ACT	27	36	zt9q	figs-activepassive	εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες	1	Then they were all encouraged
2674	ACT	27	37	ynq3	translate-numbers	ἤμεθα δὲ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ	1	We were 276 people in the ship
2675	ACT	27	39	vdk2		κόλπον	1	bay	a large area of water partly surrounded by land
2676	ACT	27	39	r1bx		τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον	1	did not recognize the land
2677	ACT	27	40	k66v		τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες, εἴων	1	cut loose the anchors and left them
2678	ACT	27	40	ntr9		πηδαλίων	1	rudders	large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering
2679	ACT	27	40	cn2w		τὸν ἀρτέμωνα	1	the foresail
2680	ACT	27	40	pa1k		κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν	1	they headed to the beach
2681	ACT	27	41	y22n		περιπεσόντες ... εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον	1	they came to a place where two currents met	A current is water flowing in one continuous direction. Sometimes more than one water current can flow across another. This may cause the sand under the water to pile up making the water more shallow.
2682	ACT	27	41	cpu5		πρῷρα	1	The bow of the ship
2683	ACT	27	41	v35z		ἡ ... πρύμνα	1	the stern
2684	ACT	27	42	qul7		τῶν ... στρατιωτῶν, βουλὴ ἐγένετο	1	The soldiers' plan was
2685	ACT	27	43	s2sz		ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος	1	so he stopped their plan
2686	ACT	27	43	br8u		ἀπορίψαντας	1	jump overboard
2687	ACT	27	44	hw7p		οὓς ... ἐπὶ σανίσιν	1	some on planks
2688	ACT	28	intro	w8yn			0
2689	ACT	28	1	p1bd	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2690	ACT	28	1	twx8			0	Connecting Statement:	After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months.
2691	ACT	28	1	j1yf	figs-activepassive	καὶ διασωθέντες	1	When we were brought safely through
2692	ACT	28	1	tt1i	figs-exclusive	ἐπέγνωμεν	1	we learned
2693	ACT	28	1	f8y4	translate-names	Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται	1	the island was called Malta	Malta is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2694	ACT	28	2	e7w6		οἵ ... βάρβαροι	1	The native people
2695	ACT	28	2	v8yh	figs-metaphor	παρεῖχαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν	1	offered to us not just ordinary kindness
2696	ACT	28	2	r7jy	figs-litotes	οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν	1	not just ordinary kindness
2697	ACT	28	2	z9cp		ἅψαντες ... πυρὰν	1	they lit a fire
2698	ACT	28	2	itw2		προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς	1	welcomed us all
2699	ACT	28	3	g4ad		Ἔχιδνα ... ἐξελθοῦσα	1	a viper came out
2700	ACT	28	3	xmx4		καθῆψε τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	fastened onto his hand
2701	ACT	28	4	ye7h		πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος	1	This man certainly is a murderer
2702	ACT	28	4	ma1b	figs-explicit	ἡ δίκη ... εἴασεν	1	yet justice
2703	ACT	28	5	q5i3		ἀποτινάξας τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ	1	shook the animal into the fire
2704	ACT	28	5	asr8		ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν	1	suffered no harm
2705	ACT	28	6	m11i		πίμπρασθαι	1	become inflamed with a fever	Possible meanings are 1) his body would swell because of the snake venom or 2) he would become very hot with fever.
2706	ACT	28	6	i6i6	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν γινόμενον	1	nothing was unusual with him
2707	ACT	28	6	u81u	figs-metaphor	μεταβαλόμενοι	1	they changed their minds
2708	ACT	28	6	cfe9	figs-quotations	ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν	1	said that he was a god.
2709	ACT	28	6	d1rj		ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν	1	said that he was a god	Perhaps there was a belief that someone who lived after a poisonous snake bite was divine or a god.
2710	ACT	28	7	f4sa	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2711	ACT	28	7	r95r		ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον	1	Now in a nearby place
2712	ACT	28	7	wx6t		πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου	1	chief man of the island	Possible meanings are 1) the main leader of the people or 2) someone who was the most important person on the island, perhaps because of his wealth.
2713	ACT	28	7	wh2d	translate-names	ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ	1	a man named Publius	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2714	ACT	28	8	g12t	writing-background	ἐγένετο δὲ, τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι	1	It happened that the father of Publius ... fever and dysentery	This is background information about Publius' father that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2715	ACT	28	8	m154	figs-activepassive	συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι	1	had been made ill
2716	ACT	28	8	fr46		πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι	1	ill with a fever and dysentery	Dysentery is an infectious intestinal disease.
2717	ACT	28	8	pwk5		ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ	1	placed his hands on him
2718	ACT	28	9	yk6u	figs-activepassive	ἐθεραπεύοντο	1	were healed
2719	ACT	28	10	ydg4		πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς	1	honored us with many honors	Probably they honored Paul and those with him by giving them gifts.
2720	ACT	28	11	jc5t	figs-explicit		0	General Information:	The Twin Brothers refers to Castor and Pollux, the twin sons of Zeus, a Greek god. They were thought to be protectors of ships. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2721	ACT	28	11	be1c			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul's journey to Rome continues.
2722	ACT	28	11	qi6e		παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ	1	that had spent the winter at the island
2723	ACT	28	11	cm2t		Ἀλεξανδρίνῳ	1	a ship of Alexandria	Possible meanings are this refers to 1) a ship that came from Alexandria, or 2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Alexandria.
2724	ACT	28	11	em5p		Διοσκούροις	1	the twin gods
2725	ACT	28	12	w5c6	translate-names	Συρακούσας	1	city of Syracuse	Syracuse is a city on the southeast coast of the modern-day island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2726	ACT	28	13	se8v	translate-names		0	General Information:	The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns was a popular market and inn on the main highway called the Appian Way, about 50 kilometers south of the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2727	ACT	28	13	z2u4	translate-names	Ῥήγιον	1	city of Rhegium	This is the port city located at the southwestern tip of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2728	ACT	28	13	p633		ἐπιγενομένου νότου	1	a south wind sprang up
2729	ACT	28	13	tz4h	translate-names	Ποτιόλους	1	city of Puteoli	Puteoli is located in modern-day Naples on the west coast of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2730	ACT	28	14	m1is		οὗ εὑρόντες	1	There we found
2731	ACT	28	14	n3tw	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὺς	1	brothers
2732	ACT	28	14	a2c5	figs-activepassive	παρεκλήθημεν	1	were invited
2733	ACT	28	14	bc3j		καὶ οὕτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθαμεν	1	In this way we came to Rome
2734	ACT	28	15	k754		ἀκούσαντες, τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν	1	after they heard about us
2735	ACT	28	15	m9tz	figs-metaphor	εὐχαριστήσας τῷ Θεῷ, ἔλαβε θάρσος	1	he thanked God and took courage
2736	ACT	28	16	fib2	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2737	ACT	28	16	hf2t			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul arrives in Rome as a prisoner but with the freedom to stay in his own place. He calls the local Jews together to explain what has happened to him.
2738	ACT	28	16	te8v	figs-activepassive	ὅτε δὲ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς Ῥώμην	1	When we entered Rome, Paul was allowed to
2739	ACT	28	17	vf7r		ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Then it came about that	This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
2740	ACT	28	17	d77z		τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους	1	the leaders among the Jews	These are the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome.
2741	ACT	28	17	e1dd		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers
2742	ACT	28	17	g55i		ἐναντίον ... τῷ λαῷ	1	against the people
2743	ACT	28	17	hgk4	figs-activepassive	δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων	1	I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans
2744	ACT	28	17	x3r2	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων	1	into the hands of the Romans
2745	ACT	28	18	fed7		τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί	1	there was no reason in me for a death penalty
2746	ACT	28	19	lr96	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews
2747	ACT	28	19	zk8f		ἀντιλεγόντων	1	spoke against their desire
2748	ACT	28	19	n6vf	figs-activepassive	ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα	1	I was forced to appeal to Caesar
2749	ACT	28	19	e7gr	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν	1	although it is not as if I were bringing any accusation against my nation
2750	ACT	28	20	b1fd		τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1	the certain hope of Israel	Possible meanings are 1) the people of Israel confidently expect the Messiah to come or 2) the people of Israel confidently expect God to bring those who have died back to life.
2751	ACT	28	20	n3s7	figs-metonymy	τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Israel
2752	ACT	28	20	pgr8	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι	1	that I am bound with this chain
2753	ACT	28	21	x5d5	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:
2754	ACT	28	21	biz7			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders respond to Paul.
2755	ACT	28	21	y4bx		οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1	nor did any of the brothers
2756	ACT	28	22	kw1d		φρονεῖς, περὶ ... τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης	1	you think about this sect
2757	ACT	28	22	gy8t	figs-activepassive	γὰρ ... γνωστὸν ἡμῖν ἐστι	1	because it is known by us
2758	ACT	28	22	j12v	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν ... πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται	1	it is spoken against everywhere
2759	ACT	28	23	u7pc			0	General Information:
2760	ACT	28	23	q4iv		ταξάμενοι ... αὐτῷ ἡμέραν	1	had set a day for him
2761	ACT	28	23	dg5f	figs-metonymy	διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	testified about the kingdom of God
2762	ACT	28	23	peu1	figs-metonymy	τῶν προφητῶν	1	from the prophets
2763	ACT	28	24	pmd6	figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς λεγομένοι	1	Some were convinced about the things which were said
2764	ACT	28	25	t5dq			0	General Information:
2765	ACT	28	25	i5xz			0	Connecting Statement:	As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time.
2766	ACT	28	25	n7pm	figs-metonymy	εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἓν	1	after Paul had spoken this one word
2767	ACT	28	25	b11n	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν	1	The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers.	This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2768	ACT	28	26	qj7q	figs-quotesinquotes
2769	ACT	28	26	pax8		ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετ ... βλέποντες βλέψετε	1	By hearing you will hear ... and seeing you will see
2770	ACT	28	26	s1ti	figs-parallelism	καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; ... καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	but not understand ... but will not perceive	Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God's plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2771	ACT	28	27	fz42			0	General Information:	Translate Paul's quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in Acts 28:25-26.
2772	ACT	28	27	qu6t			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet.
2773	ACT	28	27	ts5a	figs-metaphor	ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου	1	For the heart of this people has become dull
2774	ACT	28	27	f5m4	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν	1	with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes	People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2775	ACT	28	27	lr99	figs-metonymy	τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν	1	understand with their heart
2776	ACT	28	27	q8c2	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	turn again	To start obeying God is spoken of as though the person were physically turning toward God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2777	ACT	28	27	vb9f		ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	I would heal them	This does not mean God will only heal them physically. He will also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins.
2778	ACT	28	28	c575			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul finishes speaking to the Jewish leaders in Rome.
2779	ACT	28	28	b2za	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles
2780	ACT	28	28	d18n		αὐτοὶ ... ἀκούσονται	1	they will listen
2781	ACT	28	30	c56e	writing-endofstory		0	Connecting Statement:	Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2782	ACT	28	31	wv1l	figs-metonymy	κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	He was proclaiming the kingdom of God